π’
Trusted Business
Verified & Licensed
π‘οΈ
Virus Free Files
100% Safe Downloads
π
Secure Payment
SSL Protected
β‘
Instant Delivery
Available Immediately
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
$38.95
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
Category: Nissan
Tags: 2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service, 2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual, 2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
Vendor: Parts Doc Depot
β‘
Instant PDF Download
Available immediately
πΎ
Save to Your Device
Download & keep forever
π‘οΈ
Antivirus Scanned
100% virus-free
π
Trusted Worldwide
175,000+ customers
Description
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
FILE DETAILS:
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
Language : English
Pages : 4444
Downloadable :Yes
File Type : PDF
IMAGES PREVIEW OF THE MANUAL:

TABLE OF CONTENTS:
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
fwdΒ Β 1
Model SelectionΒ 1
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 1
FOREWORDΒ Β 2
QUICK REFERENCE CHARTΒ 3
A: GENERAL INFORMATIONΒ Β 1
GI – General InformationΒ Β 0
B: ENGINEΒ Β Β 1
EM – Engine MechanicalΒ Β 0
LU – Engine Lubrication SystemΒ Β 0
CO – Engine Cooling SystemΒ 0
EC – Engine Control SystemΒ 0
FL – Fuel SystemΒ Β 0
EX – Exhaust SystemΒ Β 0
STR – Starting SystemΒ Β 0
ACC – Accelerator Control SystemΒ 0
C: HYBRIDΒ Β Β 1
D: TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINEΒ 1
CL – ClutchΒ 0
TM – Transaxle & TransmissionΒ 0
DLN – DrivelineΒ Β 0
FAX – Front AxleΒ Β 0
RAX – Rear AxleΒ Β 0
E: SUSPENSIONΒ Β 1
FSU – Front SuspensionΒ Β 0
RSU – Rear SuspensionΒ Β 0
WT – Road Wheels & TiresΒ Β 0
F: BRAKESΒ Β Β 1
BR – Brake SystemΒ 0
PB – Parking Brake SystemΒ Β 0
BRC – Brake Control SystemΒ 0
G: STEERINGΒ Β 1
ST – Steering SystemΒ 0
STC – Steering Control SystemΒ 0
H: RESTRAINTSΒ Β 1
SB – Seat BeltΒ 0
SBC – Seat Belt Control SystemΒ Β 0
SR – SRS AirbagΒ Β 0
SRC – SRS Airbag Control SystemΒ Β 0
I: VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONERΒ Β 1
VTL – Ventilation SystemΒ Β 0
HA – Heater & Air Conditioning SystemΒ Β 0
HAC – Heater & Air Conditioning Control SystemΒ Β 0
J: BODY INTERIORΒ Β 1
INT – InteriorΒ 0
IP – Instrument PanelΒ Β 0
SE – SeatΒ Β 0
K: BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITYΒ 1
DLK – Door & LockΒ 0
SEC – Security Control SystemΒ 0
GW – Glass & Window SystemΒ 0
PWC – Power Window Control SystemΒ Β 0
EXT – ExteriorΒ 0
BRM – Body RepairΒ 0
L: DRIVER CONTROLSΒ 1
MIR – MirrorsΒ Β 0
EXL – Exterior Lighting SystemΒ Β 0
INL – Interior Lighting SystemΒ Β 0
WW – Wiper & WasherΒ Β 0
DEF – DefoggerΒ 0
HRN – HornΒ Β 0
M: ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROLΒ Β 1
PWO – Power OutletΒ Β 0
BCS – Body Control SystemΒ Β 0
LAN – LAN SystemΒ Β 0
PCS – Power Control SyetemΒ 0
CHG – Charging SystemΒ Β 0
PG – Power Supply, Ground & Circuit ElementsΒ 0
N: DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIAΒ Β 1
MWI – Meter, Warning Lamp & IndicatorΒ Β 0
WCS – Warning Chime SystemΒ 0
AV – Audio, Visual & Navigation SystemΒ 0
O: CRUISE CONTROLΒ Β 1
P: MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1
MA – MaintenanceΒ Β 0
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ 84
ACCΒ Β 6
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 6
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 7
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 7
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 7
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 7
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 8
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 8
Exploded ViewΒ Β 8
Removal and InstallationΒ 8
REMOVALΒ Β 8
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 8
InspectionΒ Β 8
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 8
AVΒ Β 9
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 9
BASE AUDIOΒ 15
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 15
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ 15
Work FlowΒ Β 15
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 15
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 15
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 17
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ Β 17
System DiagramΒ Β 17
System DescriptionΒ Β 17
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ 17
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 17
Component DescriptionΒ Β 18
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)Β 19
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 19
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 19
Software Version CheckΒ Β 19
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 20
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 20
AUDIO UNITΒ 20
AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 20
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUITΒ 21
DescriptionΒ Β 21
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 21
Component InspectionΒ Β 22
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUITΒ 23
DescriptionΒ Β 23
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 23
Component InspectionΒ Β 24
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUITΒ Β 25
DescriptionΒ Β 25
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 25
Component InspectionΒ Β 26
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 27
AUDIO UNITΒ Β 27
Reference ValueΒ Β 27
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 27
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 27
Wiring Diagram – BASE AUDIO –Β Β 29
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 33
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ Β 33
Symptom TableΒ 33
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ 33
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCHΒ Β 33
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ 34
DescriptionΒ Β 34
RELATED TO AUDIOΒ Β 34
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 35
PRECAUTIONSΒ 35
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 35
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 35
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 35
PREPARATIONΒ Β 36
PREPARATIONΒ 36
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 36
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 37
AUDIO UNITΒ Β 37
Exploded ViewΒ 37
REMOVALΒ Β 37
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 37
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 37
REMOVALΒ Β 37
INSTALLATIONΒ 37
FRONT DOOR SPEAKERΒ Β 38
Exploded ViewΒ 38
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 38
REMOVALΒ Β 38
INSTALLATIONΒ 38
TWEETERΒ Β 39
Exploded ViewΒ 39
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 39
REMOVALΒ Β 39
INSTALLATIONΒ 39
STEERING SWITCHΒ Β 40
Exploded ViewΒ 40
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 40
REMOVALΒ Β 40
INSTALLATIONΒ 40
ANTENNA AMPΒ 41
Exploded ViewΒ 41
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 41
REMOVALΒ Β 41
INSTALLATIONΒ 41
ANTENNA FEEDERΒ 42
Location of AntennaΒ 42
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ Β 43
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 43
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ 43
Work FlowΒ Β 43
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 43
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 43
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 45
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ Β 45
System DiagramΒ Β 45
System DescriptionΒ Β 45
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ 45
SATELLITE RADIO SYSTEMΒ Β 45
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUMEΒ Β 45
AM FREQUENCY STEP CHANGE MODE (MODELS FOR MEXICO ONLY)Β 45
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 46
Component DescriptionΒ Β 46
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMΒ 48
System DiagramΒ Β 48
System DescriptionΒ Β 48
WHEN RECEIVING A CALLΒ 48
WHEN A CALL IS ORIGINATEDΒ Β 48
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 49
Component DescriptionΒ Β 49
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)Β 51
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 51
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 51
Version CheckΒ Β 51
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)Β 53
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 53
HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSISΒ 53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEMΒ Β 53
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTSΒ Β 53
The Details of Error CountΒ 53
FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSISΒ Β 54
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 55
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 55
AUDIO UNITΒ 55
AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 55
BOSE AMPΒ Β 55
BOSE AMPΒ : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 55
SATELLITE RADIO TUNERΒ Β 56
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 56
TEL ADAPTER UNITΒ 56
TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 56
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT)Β Β 58
DescriptionΒ Β 58
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 58
Component InspectionΒ Β 59
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT)Β Β 60
DescriptionΒ Β 60
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 60
Component InspectionΒ Β 61
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT) 62
DescriptionΒ Β 62
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 62
Component InspectionΒ Β 63
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)Β 64
DescriptionΒ Β 64
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 64
Component InspectionΒ Β 65
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)Β 66
DescriptionΒ Β 66
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 66
Component InspectionΒ Β 67
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)Β Β 68
DescriptionΒ Β 68
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 68
Component InspectionΒ Β 68
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 70
DescriptionΒ Β 70
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 70
REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT TO AUDIO)Β Β 72
DescriptionΒ Β 72
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 72
BOSE AMPΒ ON SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 74
DescriptionΒ Β 74
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 74
WOOFER AMPΒ ON SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 75
DescriptionΒ Β 75
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 75
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 76
DescriptionΒ Β 76
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 76
TELEPHONE ON SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 78
DescriptionΒ Β 78
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 78
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 79
AUDIO UNITΒ Β 79
Reference ValueΒ Β 79
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 79
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 79
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β 83
BOSE AMPΒ 93
Reference ValueΒ Β 93
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 93
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 93
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β 96
WOOFERΒ Β 106
Reference ValueΒ 106
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 106
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 106
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 107
SATELLITE RADIO TUNERΒ Β 117
Reference ValueΒ 117
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 117
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 117
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 119
TEL ADAPTER UNITΒ 129
Reference ValueΒ 129
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 129
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 129
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 132
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 142
AUDIO SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 142
Symptom TableΒ Β 142
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ Β 142
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCHΒ 142
HANS-FREE PHONE SYMPTOMSΒ Β 143
Symptom TableΒ Β 143
RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONEΒ Β 143
Simple Check for BluetoothΒ Β 143
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by SymptomΒ 143
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCHΒ 143
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 145
DescriptionΒ Β 145
RELATED TO AUDIOΒ Β 145
RELATED TO TELEPHONEΒ 145
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 146
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 146
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 146
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 146
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 146
PREPARATIONΒ 147
PREPARATIONΒ Β 147
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 147
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 148
AUDIO UNITΒ 148
Exploded ViewΒ Β 148
REMOVALΒ Β 148
DISASSEMBLYΒ 148
Removal and InstallationΒ 148
REMOVALΒ Β 148
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 148
FRONT DOOR SPEAKERΒ Β 149
Exploded ViewΒ Β 149
Removal and InstallationΒ 149
REMOVALΒ Β 149
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 149
TWEETERΒ 150
Exploded ViewΒ Β 150
Removal and InstallationΒ 150
REMOVALΒ Β 150
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 150
REAR SPEAKERΒ Β 151
Exploded ViewΒ Β 151
Removal and InstallationΒ 151
REMOVALΒ Β 151
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 151
BOSE AMPΒ Β 152
Exploded ViewΒ Β 152
REMOVALΒ Β 152
DISASSEMBLYΒ 152
Removal and InstallationΒ 152
REMOVALΒ Β 152
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 152
WOOFERΒ Β 153
Exploded ViewΒ Β 153
Removal and InstallationΒ 153
REMOVALΒ Β 153
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 153
ANTENNA AMPΒ Β 154
Exploded ViewΒ Β 154
Removal and InstallationΒ 154
REMOVALΒ Β 154
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 154
SATELLITE RADIO TUNERΒ Β 155
Exploded ViewΒ Β 155
REMOVALΒ Β 155
DISASSEMBLYΒ 155
Removal and InstallationΒ 155
REMOVALΒ Β 155
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 155
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNAΒ Β 156
Exploded ViewΒ Β 156
Removal and InstallationΒ 156
REMOVALΒ Β 156
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 156
STEERING SWITCHΒ Β 157
Exploded ViewΒ Β 157
Removal and InstallationΒ 157
REMOVALΒ Β 157
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 157
TEL ADAPTER UNITΒ 158
Exploded ViewΒ Β 158
REMOVALΒ Β 158
DISASSEMBLYΒ 158
Removal and InstallationΒ 158
REMOVALΒ Β 158
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 158
ANTENNA FEEDERΒ Β 159
Harness LayoutΒ Β 159
BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATIONΒ Β 160
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 160
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 160
Work FlowΒ 160
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 160
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 160
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 162
MULTI AV SYSTEMΒ Β 162
System DiagramΒ Β 162
System DescriptionΒ 162
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEMΒ Β 163
VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEMΒ Β 163
TOUCH PANEL SYSTEMΒ Β 163
Component Parts LocationΒ 164
Component DescriptionΒ 165
NAVIGATION SYSTEMΒ Β 167
System DiagramΒ Β 167
System DescriptionΒ 167
DESCRIPTIONΒ 167
POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLEΒ Β 167
MAP-MATCHINGΒ Β 168
GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)Β Β 168
Component Parts LocationΒ 170
Component DescriptionΒ 171
AUDIO SYSTEMΒ Β 172
System DiagramΒ Β 172
System DescriptionΒ 172
FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONΒ 172
Operating SignalΒ 172
Screen Front DisplayΒ Β 173
AM/FM Radio ModeΒ 173
Satellite Radio ModeΒ Β 173
CD ModeΒ 173
Music Box ModeΒ Β 173
CF ModeΒ 173
iPod ConnectionΒ Β 173
AUX ModeΒ Β 173
Component Parts LocationΒ 174
Component DescriptionΒ 175
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMΒ Β 176
System DiagramΒ Β 176
System DescriptionΒ 176
WHEN A CALL IS ORIGINATEDΒ Β 176
WHEN RECEIVING A CALLΒ Β 176
Component Parts LocationΒ 177
Component DescriptionΒ 178
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)Β 179
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ 179
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONΒ 179
Self-diagnosis ModeΒ 179
Finishing Self-diagnosis ModeΒ Β 179
MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONΒ Β 179
ON BOARD DIAGNOSISΒ Β 179
DescriptionΒ Β 179
On Board Diagnosis ItemΒ Β 179
STARTING PROCEDUREΒ Β 180
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODEΒ Β 181
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTSΒ Β 182
Self-diagnosis Result ChartΒ Β 182
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODEΒ Β 183
Display DiagnosisΒ Β 184
Vehicle SignalsΒ Β 184
Speaker TestΒ Β 185
Climate ControlΒ Β 185
NavigationΒ 185
Error HistoryΒ 186
Vehicle CAN DiagnosisΒ Β 188
AV COMM DiagnosisΒ Β 189
Hands-Free PhoneΒ 189
BluetoothΒ Β 190
SATΒ Β 190
Delete Unit Connection LogΒ Β 190
Initialize SettingsΒ 191
CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)Β Β 191
CONSULT-III FUNCTIONSΒ Β 191
AV COMMUNICATIONΒ Β 191
ECU IDENTIFICATIONΒ Β 191
SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULTΒ Β 191
Self-diagnosis Results Display ItemΒ Β 191
DATA MONITORΒ Β 193
All SignalsΒ Β 193
Selection From MenuΒ 193
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 194
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ 194
DescriptionΒ Β 194
DTC LogicΒ 194
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 194
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 194
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β Β 195
DescriptionΒ Β 195
DTC LogicΒ 195
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 195
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 195
U1310 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 196
DescriptionΒ Β 196
DTC LogicΒ 196
U1200 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 197
DescriptionΒ Β 197
DTC LogicΒ 197
U1201 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 198
DescriptionΒ Β 198
DTC LogicΒ 198
U1216 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 199
DescriptionΒ Β 199
DTC LogicΒ 199
U1217 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 200
DescriptionΒ Β 200
DTC LogicΒ 200
U1218 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 201
DescriptionΒ Β 201
DTC LogicΒ 201
U1219 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 202
DescriptionΒ Β 202
DTC LogicΒ 202
U1220 AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 203
DescriptionΒ Β 203
DTC LogicΒ 203
U121A AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 204
DescriptionΒ Β 204
DTC LogicΒ 204
U121B AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 205
DescriptionΒ Β 205
DTC LogicΒ 205
U121C AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 206
DescriptionΒ Β 206
DTC LogicΒ 206
U121D AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 207
DescriptionΒ Β 207
DTC LogicΒ 207
U121E AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 208
DescriptionΒ Β 208
DTC LogicΒ 208
U121F AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 209
DescriptionΒ Β 209
DTC LogicΒ 209
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 209
U1204 GPSΒ Β 210
DescriptionΒ Β 210
DTC LogicΒ 210
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 210
U1205 GPSΒ Β 211
DescriptionΒ Β 211
DTC LogicΒ 211
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 211
U1206 GPSΒ Β 212
DescriptionΒ Β 212
DTC LogicΒ 212
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 212
U1207 GPSΒ Β 213
DescriptionΒ Β 213
DTC LogicΒ 213
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 213
U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNITΒ Β 214
DescriptionΒ Β 214
DTC LogicΒ 214
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 214
U1244 GPS ANTENNAΒ Β 216
DescriptionΒ Β 216
DTC LogicΒ 216
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 216
U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNAΒ Β 217
DescriptionΒ Β 217
DTC LogicΒ 217
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 217
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 218
DescriptionΒ Β 218
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEMΒ 218
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 219
AV CONTROL UNITΒ 219
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 219
FRONT DISPLAY UNITΒ 219
FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 219
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCHΒ Β 220
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 220
BOSE AMPΒ Β 221
BOSE AMPΒ : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 221
WOOFERΒ 221
WOOFER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 221
iPod ADAPTERΒ 222
iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 222
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 223
DescriptionΒ Β 223
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 223
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 224
DescriptionΒ Β 224
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 224
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 225
DescriptionΒ Β 225
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 225
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 226
DescriptionΒ Β 226
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 226
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 227
DescriptionΒ Β 227
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 227
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 228
DescriptionΒ Β 228
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 228
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 229
DescriptionΒ Β 229
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 229
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 230
DescriptionΒ Β 230
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 230
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 231
DescriptionΒ Β 231
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 231
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 232
DescriptionΒ Β 232
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 232
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUITΒ Β 234
DescriptionΒ Β 234
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 234
Component InspectionΒ Β 235
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUITΒ Β 236
DescriptionΒ Β 236
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 236
Component InspectionΒ Β 237
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUITΒ 238
DescriptionΒ Β 238
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 238
Component InspectionΒ Β 239
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 240
AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 240
Reference ValuesΒ Β 240
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 240
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 240
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 240
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 245
Fail-SafeΒ 259
FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONSΒ 259
DisplayΒ 260
DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLSΒ 260
Ability Operation ModeΒ 260
RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFEΒ Β 260
When the temperature of HDD is low or highΒ Β 260
When HDD is malfunctioningΒ Β 260
DTC IndexΒ 260
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEMΒ 260
FRONT DISPLAY UNITΒ Β 262
Reference ValuesΒ Β 262
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 262
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 262
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 264
BOSE AMPΒ Β 279
Reference ValueΒ 279
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 279
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 279
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 281
WOOFERΒ Β 296
Reference ValueΒ 296
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 296
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 296
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 296
iPod ADAPTERΒ Β 311
Reference ValuesΒ Β 311
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 311
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 311
Wiring Diagram – BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM –Β Β 313
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 327
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 327
Symptom TableΒ Β 327
RELATED TO NAVIGATIONΒ Β 327
RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONEΒ Β 327
Simple Check for BluetoothΒ Β 327
RELATED TO RGB IMAGEΒ 328
RELATED TO VOICE CONTROLΒ Β 328
RELATED TO AUDIOΒ Β 329
RELATED TO iPodΒ Β 329
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCHΒ 330
RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUTΒ 330
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 331
DescriptionΒ Β 331
BASIC OPERATIONSΒ Β 331
RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITIONΒ Β 331
Related to Basic OperationΒ Β 331
Related to Item ChoiceΒ 331
Related to TelephoneΒ Β 332
RELATED TO AUDIOΒ Β 332
RELATED TO VEHICLE ICONΒ 333
RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCEΒ Β 334
RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCEΒ Β 335
RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATIONΒ Β 335
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 336
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 336
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 336
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 336
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 336
Precaution for Trouble DiagnosisΒ Β 336
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEMΒ 336
Precaution for Harness RepairΒ Β 336
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEMΒ 336
PREPARATIONΒ 338
PREPARATIONΒ Β 338
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 338
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 339
AV CONTROL UNITΒ Β 339
Exploded ViewΒ Β 339
REMOVALΒ Β 339
DISASSEMBLYΒ 339
Removal and InstallationΒ 339
REMOVALΒ Β 339
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 339
FRONT DISPLAY UNITΒ Β 340
Exploded ViewΒ Β 340
REMOVALΒ Β 340
DISASSEMBLYΒ 340
Removal and InstallationΒ 340
REMOVALΒ Β 340
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 340
FRONT DOOR SPEAKERΒ Β 341
Exploded ViewΒ Β 341
Removal and InstallationΒ 341
REMOVALΒ Β 341
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 341
TWEETERΒ 342
Exploded ViewΒ Β 342
Removal and InstallationΒ 342
REMOVALΒ Β 342
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 342
REAR SPEAKERΒ Β 343
Exploded ViewΒ Β 343
Removal and InstallationΒ 343
REMOVALΒ Β 343
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 343
WOOFERΒ Β 344
Exploded ViewΒ Β 344
Removal and InstallationΒ 344
REMOVALΒ Β 344
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 344
BOSE AMPΒ Β 345
Exploded ViewΒ Β 345
REMOVALΒ Β 345
DISASSEMBLYΒ 345
Removal and InstallationΒ 345
REMOVALΒ Β 345
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 345
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCHΒ Β 346
Exploded ViewΒ Β 346
REMOVALΒ Β 346
DISASSEMBLYΒ 346
Removal and InstallationΒ 346
REMOVALΒ Β 346
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 346
PRESET SWITCHΒ 347
Exploded ViewΒ Β 347
REMOVALΒ Β 347
DISASSEMBLYΒ 347
Removal and InstallationΒ 347
REMOVALΒ Β 347
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 347
STEERING SWITCHΒ Β 348
Exploded ViewΒ Β 348
Removal and InstallationΒ 348
REMOVALΒ Β 348
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 348
ANTENNA AMPΒ Β 349
Exploded ViewΒ Β 349
Removal and InstallationΒ 349
REMOVALΒ Β 349
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 349
iPod ADAPTERΒ Β 350
Exploded ViewΒ Β 350
Removal and InstallationΒ 350
REMOVALΒ Β 350
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 350
iPod CONNECTORΒ Β 351
Exploded ViewΒ Β 351
REMOVALΒ Β 351
DISASSEMBLYΒ 351
Removal and InstallationΒ 351
REMOVALΒ Β 351
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 351
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKSΒ Β 352
Exploded ViewΒ Β 352
REMOVALΒ Β 352
DISASSEMBLYΒ 352
Removal and InstallationΒ 352
REMOVALΒ Β 352
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 352
MICROPHONEΒ 353
Exploded ViewΒ Β 353
REMOVALΒ Β 353
DISASSEMBLYΒ 353
Removal and InstallationΒ 353
REMOVALΒ Β 353
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 353
GPS ANTENNAΒ Β 354
Harness LayoutΒ Β 354
Removal and InstallationΒ 354
REMOVALΒ Β 354
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 355
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNAΒ Β 356
Exploded ViewΒ Β 356
Removal and InstallationΒ 356
REMOVALΒ Β 356
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 356
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)Β 357
Harness LayoutΒ Β 357
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)Β Β 358
Harness LayoutΒ Β 358
ANTENNA FEEDER (GPS)Β Β 359
Harness LayoutΒ Β 359
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
BCSΒ Β 360
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 360
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 362
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 362
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM)Β 362
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : DescriptionΒ 362
BEFORE REPLACEMENTΒ Β 362
AFTER REPLACEMENTΒ 362
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Work ProcedureΒ 362
CONFIGURATION (BCM)Β 362
CONFIGURATION (BCM) : DescriptionΒ 362
CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Work ProcedureΒ 363
CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Configuration listΒ Β 364
Except for MexicoΒ 364
For MexicoΒ Β 364
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 366
BODY CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 366
System DescriptionΒ Β 366
OUTLINEΒ Β 366
BCM control function listΒ Β 366
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 367
COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEMΒ Β 368
System DiagramΒ Β 368
System DescriptionΒ Β 368
OUTLINEΒ Β 368
COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIXΒ Β 368
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTIONΒ Β 369
DescriptionΒ 369
Operation ExampleΒ 369
WIPER VOLUME DIAL POSITIONΒ Β 370
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEMΒ 372
System DiagramΒ Β 372
System DescriptionΒ Β 372
OUTLINEΒ Β 372
Signal transmission function listΒ 372
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEMΒ 373
System DiagramΒ Β 373
System DescriptionΒ Β 373
OUTLINEΒ Β 373
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCMΒ Β 373
Sleep mode activationΒ 373
Wake-up operationΒ Β 374
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 375
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 376
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 376
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β 376
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 376
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 376
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β 376
DOOR LOCKΒ Β 377
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – DOOR LOCK)Β Β 377
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTIONΒ Β 377
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 377
DATA MONITORΒ Β 378
ACTIVE TESTΒ 378
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERΒ Β 378
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – REAR DEFOGGER)Β Β 379
Data monitorΒ Β 379
ACTIVE TESTΒ 379
BUZZERΒ Β 379
BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – BUZZER)Β Β 379
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSΒ 379
DATA MONITORΒ Β 379
ACTIVE TESTΒ 379
INT LAMPΒ Β 380
INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INT LAMP)Β 380
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 380
DATA MONITORΒ Β 380
ACTIVE TESTΒ 381
HEADLAMPΒ Β 382
HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – HEAD LAMP)Β Β 382
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 382
DATA MONITORΒ Β 382
ACTIVE TESTΒ 383
WIPERΒ Β 383
WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – WIPER)Β 383
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 383
DATA MONITORΒ Β 384
ACTIVE TESTΒ 384
FLASHERΒ 384
FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – FLASHER)Β Β 384
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 384
DATA MONITORΒ Β 384
ACTIVE TESTΒ 385
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 385
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INTELLIGENT KEY)Β Β 385
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 385
SELF-DIAG RESULTΒ Β 386
DATA MONITORΒ Β 386
ACTIVE TESTΒ 387
COMB SWΒ 388
COMB SW : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMB SW)Β Β 388
DATA MONITORΒ Β 388
BCMΒ Β 389
BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – BCM)Β Β 389
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 389
IMMUΒ 389
IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – IMMU)Β Β 389
DATA MONITORΒ Β 389
ACTIVE TESTΒ 389
BATTERY SAVERΒ 390
BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – BATTERY SAVER) 390
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 390
DATA MONITORΒ Β 390
ACTIVE TESTΒ 391
TRUNKΒ Β 391
TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – TRUNK)Β 391
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTIONΒ Β 391
DATA MONITORΒ Β 391
ACTIVE TESTΒ 391
THEFT ALMΒ Β 391
THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – THEFT)Β Β 392
DATA MONITORΒ Β 392
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 392
ACTIVE TESTΒ 392
RETAINED PWRΒ Β 392
RETAINED PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – RETAINED PWR)Β Β 393
Data monitorΒ Β 393
SIGNAL BUFFERΒ 393
SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – SIGNAL BUFFER) 393
DATA MONITORΒ Β 393
ACTIVE TESTΒ 393
AIR PRESSURE MONITORΒ Β 393
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 393
DESCRIPTIONΒ 393
SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ Β 393
ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSISΒ 394
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III FunctionΒ Β 395
FUNCTIONΒ 395
WORK SUPPORT MODEΒ 395
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODEΒ Β 395
DATA MONITOR MODEΒ 395
ACTIVE TEST MODEΒ Β 395
TEST ITEM LISTΒ Β 395
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 397
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 397
DescriptionΒ Β 397
DTC LogicΒ Β 397
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 397
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 397
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β Β 398
DTC LogicΒ Β 398
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 398
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 398
U0415 VEHICLE SPEED SIGΒ 399
DescriptionΒ Β 399
DTC LogicΒ Β 399
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 399
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 399
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 399
B2562 LOW VOLTAGEΒ 400
DTC LogicΒ Β 400
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 400
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 400
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 400
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 401
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 401
COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUITΒ 402
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 402
COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUITΒ Β 404
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 404
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 406
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 406
Reference ValueΒ Β 406
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 406
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 411
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 411
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β 429
Fail-safeΒ Β 434
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ 434
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 436
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 436
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 437
DTC IndexΒ Β 438
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 441
COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 441
Symptom TableΒ 441
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 442
PRECAUTIONSΒ 442
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 442
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 442
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 442
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 443
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 443
Exploded ViewΒ 443
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 443
REMOVALΒ Β 443
INSTALLATIONΒ 443
COMBINATION SWITCHΒ Β 444
Exploded ViewΒ 444
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 444
REMOVALΒ Β 444
INSTALLATIONΒ 444
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
BRΒ Β Β 445
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 445
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 447
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 447
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ 447
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 448
PRECAUTIONSΒ 448
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 448
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 448
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ 448
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 448
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 449
Precaution for Brake SystemΒ Β 449
PREPARATIONΒ Β 450
PREPARATIONΒ 450
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 450
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 451
BRAKE PEDALΒ 451
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 451
INSPECTIONΒ Β 451
Brake Pedal HeightΒ Β 451
ASCD Brake Switch and Stop Lamp SwitchΒ 451
Brake Pedal PlayΒ Β 451
Brake Pedal Shaky FittingΒ Β 451
Depressed Brake Pedal HeightΒ Β 452
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 452
Brake Pedal HeightΒ Β 452
ASCD Brake Switch and Stop Lamp SwitchΒ 452
Brake Pedal PlayΒ Β 453
Brake Pedal Shaky FittingΒ Β 453
BRAKE FLUIDΒ 454
InspectionΒ 454
BRAKE FLUID LEVELΒ Β 454
BRAKE LINEΒ Β 454
DrainingΒ Β 454
RefillingΒ Β 454
Bleeding Brake SystemΒ Β 455
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDERΒ Β 456
InspectionΒ 456
FLUID LEAKΒ Β 456
BRAKE BOOSTERΒ Β 457
InspectionΒ 457
OPERATIONΒ 457
AIR TIGHTΒ 457
FRONT DISC BRAKEΒ Β 458
BRAKE PADΒ Β 458
BRAKE PAD : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 458
INSPECTIONΒ Β 458
2 Piston TypeΒ 458
4 Piston TypeΒ 458
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 458
DISC ROTORΒ 458
DISC ROTOR : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 458
INSPECTIONΒ Β 458
AppearanceΒ 458
RunoutΒ Β 458
ThicknessΒ Β 459
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 459
REAR DISC BRAKEΒ Β 460
BRAKE PADΒ Β 460
BRAKE PAD : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 460
INSPECTIONΒ Β 460
1 Piston TypeΒ 460
2 Piston TypeΒ 460
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 460
DISC ROTORΒ 460
DISC ROTOR : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 460
INSPECTIONΒ Β 460
AppearanceΒ 460
RunoutΒ Β 460
ThicknessΒ Β 461
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 461
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 462
BRAKE PEDALΒ 462
Exploded ViewΒ 462
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 462
REMOVALΒ Β 462
INSTALLATIONΒ 463
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 463
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 463
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 463
BRAKE PIPINGΒ Β 464
FRONTΒ Β 464
FRONT : Exploded ViewΒ 464
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 464
4 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 464
FRONT : Hydraulic PipingΒ 465
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 465
4 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 466
FRONT : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 466
REMOVALΒ Β 466
2 Piston TypeΒ 466
4 Piston TypeΒ 467
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 467
2 Piston TypeΒ 467
4 Piston TypeΒ 468
FRONT : InspectionΒ 468
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 468
REARΒ 468
REAR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 468
1 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 468
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 469
REAR : Hydraulic PipingΒ Β 470
1 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 470
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 470
REAR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 471
REMOVALΒ Β 471
1 Piston TypeΒ 471
2 Piston TypeΒ 471
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 471
1 Piston TypeΒ 471
2 Piston TypeΒ 472
REAR : InspectionΒ Β 472
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 472
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDERΒ Β 473
Exploded ViewΒ 473
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 473
REMOVALΒ Β 473
INSTALLATIONΒ 474
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 474
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 474
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 474
InspectionΒ 475
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 475
Fluid LeakΒ Β 475
BRAKE BOOSTERΒ Β 476
Exploded ViewΒ 476
Removal and installationΒ Β 476
REMOVALΒ Β 476
INSTALLATIONΒ 476
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 477
INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVALΒ Β 477
Air TightΒ Β 477
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 477
Input Rod Length InspectionΒ Β 477
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 477
OperationΒ Β 477
Air TightΒ Β 477
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 477
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSORΒ 478
Exploded ViewΒ 478
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 478
REMOVALΒ Β 478
INSTALLATIONΒ 478
InspectionΒ 478
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 478
VACUUM LINESΒ Β 479
Exploded ViewΒ 479
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 479
REMOVALΒ Β 479
INSTALLATIONΒ 479
InspectionΒ 479
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 479
AppearanceΒ Β 479
Check Valve AirtightnessΒ Β 480
FRONT DISC BRAKEΒ Β 481
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE)Β 481
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ Β 481
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 481
REMOVALΒ Β 481
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 481
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ Β 482
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 482
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 482
BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE)Β 482
BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ Β 483
BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 483
REMOVALΒ Β 483
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 484
BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ Β 485
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 485
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 485
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)Β Β 485
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ 485
REMOVALΒ Β 485
DISASSEMBLYΒ 485
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 486
REMOVALΒ Β 486
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 486
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 487
DISASSEMBLYΒ 487
ASSEMBLYΒ 488
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ 488
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 488
Cylinder BodyΒ 488
Torque MemberΒ 489
PistonsΒ 489
Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin BootΒ Β 489
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 489
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE)Β Β 489
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ 489
REMOVALΒ Β 489
DISASSEMBLYΒ 490
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 490
REMOVALΒ Β 490
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 491
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 491
DISASSEMBLYΒ 491
ASSEMBLYΒ 492
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ 492
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 492
CaliperΒ 492
PistonsΒ 492
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 493
REAR DISC BRAKEΒ Β 494
BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE)Β 494
BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ Β 494
BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 494
REMOVALΒ Β 494
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 494
BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ Β 495
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 495
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 495
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE)Β 495
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ Β 496
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 496
REMOVALΒ Β 496
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 497
BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ Β 498
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 498
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 498
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE)Β Β 498
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ 498
REMOVALΒ Β 498
DISASSEMBLYΒ 498
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 499
REMOVALΒ Β 499
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 499
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 500
DISASSEMBLYΒ 500
ASSEMBLYΒ 501
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ 502
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 502
Cylinder BodyΒ 502
Torque MemberΒ 502
PistonΒ Β 502
Sliding Pin Bolt and Sliding Pin BootΒ 502
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 502
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)Β Β 502
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded ViewΒ 502
REMOVALΒ Β 502
DISASSEMBLYΒ 503
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 503
REMOVALΒ Β 503
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 504
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 504
DISASSEMBLYΒ 504
ASSEMBLYΒ 505
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : InspectionΒ 506
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 506
CaliperΒ 506
PistonsΒ 506
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 506
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 507
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 507
General SpecificationsΒ 507
FRONT 2 PISTON, REAR 1 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 507
FRONT 4 PISTON, REAR 2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 507
Brake PedalΒ Β 507
Brake BoosterΒ 508
Front Disc BrakeΒ 508
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 508
4 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 508
Rear Disc BrakeΒ Β 508
1 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 508
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 508
BRCΒ Β 509
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 509
VDC/TCS/ABSΒ Β 512
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 512
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 512
Work FlowΒ 512
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSISΒ Β 512
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 513
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 513
Diagnostic Work SheetΒ 515
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ 516
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITΒ Β 516
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description 516
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement 516
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITIONΒ Β 516
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description 516
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement 516
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITIONΒ 516
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 518
VDCΒ Β 518
System DiagramΒ Β 518
System DescriptionΒ 518
Component Parts LocationΒ 519
Component DescriptionΒ 519
TCSΒ Β 521
System DiagramΒ Β 521
System DescriptionΒ 521
Component Parts LocationΒ 522
Component DescriptionΒ 522
ABSΒ Β 524
System DiagramΒ Β 524
System DescriptionΒ 524
Component Parts LocationΒ 525
Component DescriptionΒ 525
EBDΒ Β 527
System DiagramΒ Β 527
System DescriptionΒ 527
Component Parts LocationΒ 528
Component DescriptionΒ 528
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]Β 530
CONSULT-III FunctionΒ Β 530
FUNCTIONΒ 530
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 530
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTΒ Β 530
Operation ProcedureΒ 530
Display Item ListΒ Β 530
How to Erase Self-diagnosis ResultsΒ Β 530
DATA MONITOR MODEΒ 530
Display Item ListΒ Β 530
ACTIVE TEST MODEΒ Β 532
Test ItemΒ Β 533
ECU IDENTIFICATIONΒ Β 534
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 535
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSORΒ Β 535
DescriptionΒ Β 535
DTC LogicΒ 535
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 535
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 535
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 535
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 536
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSORΒ Β 538
DescriptionΒ Β 538
DTC LogicΒ 538
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 538
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 538
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 538
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 539
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEMΒ Β 541
DescriptionΒ Β 541
DTC LogicΒ 541
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 541
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 541
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 541
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 542
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) 543
DTC LogicΒ 543
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 543
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 543
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 543
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 543
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEMΒ Β 544
DescriptionΒ Β 544
PUMPΒ Β 544
MOTORΒ 544
MOTOR RELAYΒ 544
DTC LogicΒ 544
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 544
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 544
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 544
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 545
C1114 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEMΒ Β 546
DescriptionΒ Β 546
DTC LogicΒ 546
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 546
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 546
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 546
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 547
C1115 WHEEL SENSORΒ Β 548
DescriptionΒ Β 548
DTC LogicΒ 548
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 548
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 548
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 548
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 549
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCHΒ 550
DescriptionΒ Β 550
DTC LogicΒ 550
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 550
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 550
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 550
Component InspectionΒ Β 551
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 552
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOLΒ 553
DescriptionΒ Β 553
DTC LogicΒ 553
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 553
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 553
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 553
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 554
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOLΒ Β 555
DescriptionΒ Β 555
DTC LogicΒ 555
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 555
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 555
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 555
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 556
C1130 ENGINE SIGNALΒ 557
DescriptionΒ Β 557
DTC LogicΒ 557
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 557
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 557
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 557
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 557
C1142 PRESS SENSORΒ Β 558
DescriptionΒ Β 558
DTC LogicΒ 558
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 558
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 558
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 558
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 559
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSORΒ Β 560
DescriptionΒ Β 560
DTC LogicΒ 560
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 560
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 560
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 560
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 561
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENTΒ 562
DTC LogicΒ 562
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 562
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 562
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 562
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 562
C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSORΒ Β 563
DescriptionΒ Β 563
DTC LogicΒ 563
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 563
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 563
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 563
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 564
C1147, C1148, C1149, C1150 USV/HSV LINEΒ Β 566
DescriptionΒ Β 566
USV1, USV2 (CUT VALVE)Β Β 566
HSV1, HSV2 (SUCTION VALVE)Β 566
DTC LogicΒ 566
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 566
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 566
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 566
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 567
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCHΒ Β 568
DescriptionΒ Β 568
DTC LogicΒ 568
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 568
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 568
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 568
Component InspectionΒ Β 569
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 569
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ 570
DescriptionΒ Β 570
DTC LogicΒ 570
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 570
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 570
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 570
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 570
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)Β Β 571
DescriptionΒ Β 571
DTC LogicΒ 571
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 571
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 571
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 571
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 572
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 573
DescriptionΒ Β 573
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 573
PARKING BRAKE SWITCHΒ Β 575
DescriptionΒ Β 575
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 575
Component InspectionΒ Β 575
VDC OFF SWITCHΒ Β 577
DescriptionΒ Β 577
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 577
Component InspectionΒ Β 578
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 578
ABS WARNING LAMPΒ 579
DescriptionΒ Β 579
Component Function CheckΒ 579
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 579
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 579
BRAKE WARNING LAMPΒ Β 580
DescriptionΒ Β 580
Component Function CheckΒ 580
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 580
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 580
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMPΒ 581
DescriptionΒ Β 581
Component Function CheckΒ 581
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 581
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 581
SLIP INDICATOR LAMPΒ 582
DescriptionΒ Β 582
Component Function CheckΒ 582
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 582
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 582
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 583
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)Β Β 583
Reference ValueΒ 583
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 583
Wiring Diagram – BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM –Β 587
Fail-SafeΒ 590
ABS, EBD SYSTEMΒ Β 590
VDC, TCSΒ 591
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 591
DTC IndexΒ 592
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 593
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCYΒ Β 593
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 593
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTIONΒ 594
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 594
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONGΒ 595
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 595
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 596
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 596
PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURSΒ Β 597
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 597
VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROLΒ 598
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 598
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 599
DescriptionΒ Β 599
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 600
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 600
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 600
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 600
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 600
Precaution for Brake SystemΒ 600
Precaution for Brake ControlΒ Β 601
Precautions for Harness RepairΒ 601
COMMUNICATION LINEΒ Β 601
PREPARATIONΒ 602
PREPARATIONΒ Β 602
Special Service ToolΒ Β 602
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 603
WHEEL SENSORΒ Β 603
FRONT WHEEL SENSORΒ 603
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 603
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 603
REMOVALΒ 603
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 603
REAR WHEEL SENSORΒ Β 604
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 604
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and InstallationΒ 604
REMOVALΒ 604
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 604
SENSOR ROTORΒ Β 605
FRONT SENSOR ROTORΒ 605
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 605
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 605
REMOVALΒ 605
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 605
REAR SENSOR ROTORΒ Β 605
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 605
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ 605
REMOVALΒ 605
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 605
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)Β Β 606
Exploded ViewΒ Β 606
Removal and InstallationΒ 606
REMOVALΒ Β 606
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 607
YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSORΒ 608
Exploded ViewΒ Β 608
Removal and InstallationΒ 608
REMOVALΒ Β 608
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 608
STEERING ANGLE SENSORΒ Β 609
Exploded ViewΒ Β 609
Removal and InstallationΒ 609
REMOVALΒ Β 609
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 609
VDC OFF SWITCHΒ Β 610
Removal and InstallationΒ 610
REMOVALΒ Β 610
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 610
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
BRMΒ Β 611
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 611
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 612
VEHICLE INFORMATIONΒ Β 612
BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLORΒ 612
Body Exterior Paint ColorΒ Β 612
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 614
REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEELΒ Β 614
High Strength Steel (HSS)Β Β 614
Handling of Ultra High Strength Steel Plate PartsΒ Β 616
PROHIBITION OF CUT AND CONNECTIONΒ Β 616
PREPARATIONΒ 617
REPAIRING MATERIALΒ Β 617
Foam RepairΒ Β 617
URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONSΒ 617
Example of foaming agent filling operation procedureΒ 617
BODY COMPONENT PARTSΒ Β 619
Underbody Component PartsΒ Β 619
Body Component PartsΒ Β 621
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 623
CORROSION PROTECTIONΒ Β 623
DescriptionΒ Β 623
Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)Β Β 623
Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition PrimerΒ 623
UndercoatingΒ 623
Precautions in UndercoatingΒ Β 623
Body SealingΒ 624
BODY CONSTRUCTIONΒ Β 628
Body ConstructionΒ Β 628
Rear Fender Hemming ProcessΒ 629
PROCEDURE OF THE HEMMING PROCESSΒ 629
REPLACEMENT OPERATIONSΒ 631
DescriptionΒ Β 631
Radiator Core SupportΒ 633
HoodledgeΒ 633
Front Side MemberΒ Β 636
Front Side Member (Partial Replacement)Β 639
Front Pillar (Partial Replacement)Β Β 640
Front PillarΒ 642
Outer Sill (Partial Replacement by Cutting)Β Β 646
Outer Sill (Partial Replacement by Piece)Β Β 647
Outer SillΒ Β 648
Rear FenderΒ Β 652
POINTΒ 653
Lock Pillar ReinforcementΒ Β 654
Rear PanelΒ Β 656
Rear Floor RearΒ 656
Rear Side Member ExtensionΒ Β 657
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 659
BODY ALIGNMENTΒ Β 659
Body Center MarksΒ Β 659
DescriptionΒ Β 660
Engine CompartmentΒ 660
MeasurementΒ 660
Measurement PointsΒ Β 661
UnderbodyΒ 662
MeasurementΒ 662
Measurement PointsΒ Β 664
Passenger CompartmentΒ 665
MeasurementΒ 665
Measurement PointsΒ Β 665
Rear BodyΒ 666
MeasurementΒ 666
Measurement PointsΒ Β 667
LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTSΒ 669
Precautions for PlasticsΒ 669
Location of Plastic PartsΒ Β 670
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 672
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ 672
BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLORΒ 672
Body Exterior Paint Color (NISMO models)Β Β 672
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 673
HANDLING PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 673
Precautions for PlasticsΒ 673
Location of Plastic Parts (NISMO models)Β Β 674
CHGΒ Β 675
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 675
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 677
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ 677
Work FlowΒ Β 677
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 677
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 677
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 680
CHARGING SYSTEMΒ Β 680
System DiagramΒ Β 680
System DescriptionΒ Β 680
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 680
Component DescriptionΒ Β 681
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 682
System DiagramΒ Β 682
System DescriptionΒ Β 682
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 682
Component DescriptionΒ Β 683
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 684
B TERMINAL CIRCUITΒ Β 684
DescriptionΒ Β 684
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 684
L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)Β Β 685
DescriptionΒ Β 685
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 685
L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)Β 687
DescriptionΒ Β 687
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 687
S TERMINAL CIRCUITΒ Β 688
DescriptionΒ Β 688
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 688
CHARGING SYSTEMΒ Β 689
Wiring Diagram – CHARGING SYSTEM –Β 689
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 692
CHARGING SYSTEMΒ Β 692
Symptom TableΒ 692
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 693
PRECAUTIONSΒ 693
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 693
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 693
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 693
Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control SystemΒ Β 693
PREPARATIONΒ Β 694
PREPARATIONΒ 694
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 694
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 694
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 695
CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTIONΒ 695
Inspection ProcedureΒ Β 695
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION 696
Inspection ProcedureΒ Β 696
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 698
ALTERNATORΒ Β 698
Exploded ViewΒ 698
REMOVALΒ Β 698
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 698
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 699
REMOVALΒ Β 699
INSTALLATIONΒ 700
InspectionΒ 700
ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTIONΒ Β 700
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 701
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 701
AlternatorΒ 701
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
CLΒ Β Β 702
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 702
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 703
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 703
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ 703
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 704
PRECAUTIONSΒ 704
Service Notice or Precautions for ClutchΒ 704
PREPARATIONΒ Β 705
PREPARATIONΒ 705
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 705
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 705
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 706
CLUTCH PEDALΒ Β 706
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 706
INSPECTIONΒ Β 706
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 706
CLUTCH FLUIDΒ Β 707
InspectionΒ 707
FLUID LEAKAGEΒ Β 707
FLUID LEVELΒ Β 707
DrainingΒ Β 707
RefillingΒ Β 707
Air Bleeding ProcedureΒ 707
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 709
CLUTCH PEDALΒ Β 709
Exploded ViewΒ 709
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 709
REMOVALΒ Β 709
INSTALLATIONΒ 709
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 710
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 710
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 710
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 710
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDERΒ Β 711
Exploded ViewΒ 711
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 711
REMOVALΒ Β 711
INSTALLATIONΒ 712
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 713
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 713
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 713
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 714
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 714
ADJUSTMENT BEFORE INSTALLATIONΒ 714
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 714
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 714
CLUTCH PIPINGΒ Β 715
Exploded ViewΒ 715
Hydraulic LayoutΒ 715
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 716
REMOVALΒ Β 716
INSTALLATIONΒ 716
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 716
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 716
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 716
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 717
CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)Β Β 717
Exploded ViewΒ 717
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 717
REMOVALΒ Β 717
INSTALLATIONΒ 718
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ 720
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 720
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 720
CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVERΒ Β 721
Exploded ViewΒ 721
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 721
REMOVALΒ Β 721
INSTALLATIONΒ 721
InspectionΒ 722
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 722
CLUTCH DISCΒ 722
CLUTCH COVERΒ Β 722
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 723
CLUTCH COVERΒ Β 723
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 724
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 724
Clutch Control SystemΒ Β 724
Clutch PedalΒ Β 724
Clutch Master CylinderΒ 724
Clutch DiscΒ Β 724
Clutch CoverΒ Β 724
COΒ Β Β 725
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 725
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 726
DESCRIPTIONΒ 726
Engine Cooling SystemΒ Β 726
Engine Cooling System SchematicΒ 726
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 727
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSISΒ 727
Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 727
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 729
PRECAUTIONSΒ 729
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 729
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 729
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp ServiceΒ Β 729
PREPARATIONΒ Β 730
PREPARATIONΒ 730
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 730
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 731
ENGINE COOLANTΒ 731
InspectionΒ 731
LEVELΒ Β 731
LEAKAGEΒ Β 731
DrainingΒ Β 731
RefillingΒ Β 732
FlushingΒ Β 733
RADIATORΒ 735
RADIATOR CAPΒ Β 735
RADIATOR CAP : InspectionΒ Β 735
RADIATORΒ Β 735
RADIATOR : InspectionΒ 735
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 737
RADIATORΒ 737
Exploded ViewΒ 737
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 738
REMOVALΒ Β 738
INSTALLATIONΒ 739
InspectionΒ 739
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 739
COOLING FANΒ 740
Exploded ViewΒ 740
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 740
REMOVALΒ Β 740
INSTALLATIONΒ 740
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 740
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 740
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 741
InspectionΒ 741
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 741
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 741
Cooling FanΒ 741
WATER PUMPΒ Β 742
Exploded ViewΒ 742
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 742
REMOVALΒ Β 742
INSTALLATIONΒ 743
InspectionΒ 744
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 744
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 744
WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLYΒ 745
Exploded ViewΒ 745
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 745
REMOVALΒ Β 745
INSTALLATIONΒ 745
InspectionΒ 746
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 746
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 746
WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPINGΒ 747
Exploded ViewΒ 747
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 747
REMOVALΒ Β 747
INSTALLATIONΒ 748
InspectionΒ 748
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 748
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 749
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 749
Periodical Maintenance SpecificationΒ Β 749
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Β Β 749
RadiatorΒ Β 749
ThermostatΒ 749
DEFΒ Β 750
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 750
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 752
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 752
Work FlowΒ Β 752
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 752
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 753
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEMΒ Β 753
WITH NAVIGATIONΒ Β 753
WITH NAVIGATION : System DiagramΒ Β 753
WITH NAVIGATION : System DescriptionΒ 753
OPERATION DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 753
TIMER FUNCTIONΒ 753
WITH NAVIGATION : Component Parts LocationΒ 754
WITH NAVIGATION : Component DescriptionΒ 754
WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ Β 754
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : System DiagramΒ Β 755
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : System DescriptionΒ 755
OPERATION DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 755
TIMER FUNCTIONΒ 755
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Component Parts LocationΒ 756
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Component DescriptionΒ 756
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 757
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 757
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β 757
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 757
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 757
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β 757
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERΒ Β 758
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – REAR DEFOGGER)Β Β 758
Data monitorΒ Β 758
ACTIVE TESTΒ 758
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 760
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 760
BCMΒ Β 760
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 760
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCHΒ Β 761
WITH NAVIGATIONΒ Β 761
WITH NAVIGATION : DescriptionΒ Β 761
WITH NAVIGATION : Component Function CheckΒ 761
WITH NAVIGATION : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 761
WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ Β 761
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : DescriptionΒ Β 761
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Component Function CheckΒ 761
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 761
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAYΒ 763
DescriptionΒ Β 763
Component Function CheckΒ Β 763
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 763
Component InspectionΒ Β 764
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERΒ 765
DescriptionΒ Β 765
Component Function CheckΒ Β 765
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 765
Component InspectionΒ Β 767
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER ON SIGNALΒ Β 768
DescriptionΒ Β 768
Component Function CheckΒ Β 768
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 768
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEMΒ Β 769
Wiring Diagram – DEFOGGER (WITH NAVI) –Β Β 769
Wiring Diagram – DEFOGGER (WITHOUT NAVI) –Β Β 773
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 777
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 777
Reference ValueΒ Β 777
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 777
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 782
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 782
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β 800
Fail-safeΒ Β 805
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ 805
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 807
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 807
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 808
DTC IndexΒ Β 809
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 812
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 812
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 812
ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT OPERATESΒ 813
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 813
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATEΒ 814
WITH NAVIGATIONΒ Β 814
WITH NAVIGATION : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 814
WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ Β 814
WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 814
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 815
PRECAUTIONSΒ 815
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β Β 815
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS 815
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ 816
FILAMENTΒ 816
Inspection and RepairΒ Β 816
INSPECTIONΒ Β 816
REPAIRΒ 816
REPAIR EQUIPMENTΒ Β 816
REPAIRING PROCEDUREΒ Β 817
CONDENSERΒ Β 818
Exploded ViewΒ 818
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 818
REMOVALΒ Β 818
INSTALLATIONΒ 818
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
DLKΒ Β 819
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 819
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 825
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 825
Work FlowΒ Β 825
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 825
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 825
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 828
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITΒ 828
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : DescriptionΒ 828
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair RequirementΒ 828
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 829
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEMΒ Β 829
System DiagramΒ Β 829
System DescriptionΒ Β 829
DOOR LOCK FUNCTIONΒ 829
Door Lock and Unlock SwitchΒ Β 829
Door Key Cylinder SwitchΒ Β 829
KEY REMINDER FUNCTIONΒ 829
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH POWER WINDOW FUNCTIONΒ Β 829
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)Β Β 829
Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1Β 829
P Range Interlock Door Lock*2Β 830
Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock FunctionΒ 830
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)Β 830
IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1Β Β 830
P Range Interlock Door Unlock*2Β Β 830
Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock FunctionΒ 830
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 831
Component DescriptionΒ Β 832
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMΒ Β 833
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMΒ 833
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System DiagramΒ 833
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System DescriptionΒ Β 833
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 834
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component DescriptionΒ Β 836
DOOR LOCK FUNCTIONΒ Β 836
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System DiagramΒ Β 837
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ 837
OPERATION DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 837
OPERATION CONDITIONΒ Β 837
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREAΒ Β 837
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTIONΒ Β 838
Lock OperationΒ Β 838
Unlock OperationΒ 838
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTIONΒ 838
Operating Function of Hazard and Buzzer ReminderΒ Β 838
How to Change Hazard and Buzzer Reminder ModeΒ Β 838
AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTIONΒ 838
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROLΒ 838
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTSΒ Β 839
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ 839
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component DescriptionΒ 841
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTIONΒ Β 841
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System DiagramΒ Β 841
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ Β 842
BACK DOOR OPENΒ 842
OPERATION CONDITIONΒ Β 842
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREAΒ Β 842
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTIONΒ 842
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTSΒ Β 842
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 843
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component DescriptionΒ Β 845
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONΒ Β 845
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System DiagramΒ Β 845
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ Β 846
OPERATIONΒ Β 846
OPERATION AREAΒ 846
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTIONΒ Β 846
OPERATION CONDITIONΒ Β 846
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTIONΒ Β 846
HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTIONΒ Β 846
Operating Function of Hazard and Horn ReminderΒ 846
How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder ModeΒ 846
AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTIONΒ 847
PANIC ALARM FUNCTIONΒ 847
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTIONΒ Β 847
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROLΒ 847
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTSΒ Β 847
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 848
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component DescriptionΒ Β 850
KEY REMINDER FUNCTIONΒ Β 850
KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System DiagramΒ Β 850
KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ 850
KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ 852
WARNING FUNCTIONΒ 854
WARNING FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ Β 854
OPERATION DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 854
OPERATION CONDITIONΒ Β 854
WARNING METHODΒ 855
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTSΒ Β 857
WARNING FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 858
BACK DOOR OPENER SYSTEMΒ 861
System DiagramΒ Β 861
System DescriptionΒ Β 861
BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATIONΒ Β 861
OPERATION CONDITIONΒ Β 861
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 861
Component DescriptionΒ Β 862
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTERΒ Β 863
Component DescriptionΒ Β 863
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 864
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 864
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β 864
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 864
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 864
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β 864
DOOR LOCKΒ Β 865
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – DOOR LOCK)Β Β 865
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTIONΒ Β 865
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 865
DATA MONITORΒ Β 866
ACTIVE TESTΒ 866
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 866
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INTELLIGENT KEY)Β Β 867
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 867
SELF-DIAG RESULTΒ Β 867
DATA MONITORΒ Β 867
ACTIVE TESTΒ 869
TRUNKΒ Β 870
TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – TRUNK)Β 870
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTIONΒ Β 870
DATA MONITORΒ Β 870
ACTIVE TESTΒ 870
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ 871
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 871
DescriptionΒ Β 871
DTC LogicΒ Β 871
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 871
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 871
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β Β 872
DTC LogicΒ Β 872
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 872
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 872
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 872
B2622 INSIDE ANTENNAΒ 873
DescriptionΒ Β 873
DTC LogicΒ Β 873
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 873
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 873
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 873
B2623 INSIDE ANTENNAΒ 875
DescriptionΒ Β 875
DTC LogicΒ Β 875
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 875
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 875
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 875
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 877
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 877
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 877
DOOR SWITCHΒ 878
DescriptionΒ Β 878
Component Function CheckΒ Β 878
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 878
Component InspectionΒ Β 879
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 881
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 881
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 881
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ Β 881
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 881
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 881
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 881
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ Β 881
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 881
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORΒ Β 883
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 883
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 883
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ Β 883
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 883
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 883
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 884
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ Β 884
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 884
FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATORΒ Β 885
DescriptionΒ Β 885
Component Function CheckΒ Β 885
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 885
BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATORΒ Β 886
DescriptionΒ Β 886
Component Function CheckΒ Β 886
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 886
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCHΒ Β 888
DescriptionΒ Β 888
Component Function CheckΒ Β 888
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 888
Component InspectionΒ Β 889
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVERΒ 890
DescriptionΒ Β 890
Component Function CheckΒ Β 890
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 890
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHΒ 893
DescriptionΒ Β 893
Component Function CheckΒ Β 893
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 893
Component InspectionΒ Β 894
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHΒ Β 895
DescriptionΒ Β 895
Component Function CheckΒ Β 895
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 895
Component InspectionΒ Β 896
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCHΒ Β 897
DescriptionΒ Β 897
Component Function CheckΒ Β 897
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 897
Component InspectionΒ Β 898
UNLOCK SENSORΒ Β 899
DescriptionΒ Β 899
Component Function CheckΒ Β 899
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 899
Component InspectionΒ Β 900
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNAΒ Β 901
DescriptionΒ Β 901
Component Function CheckΒ Β 901
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 901
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERΒ Β 904
DescriptionΒ Β 904
Component Function CheckΒ Β 904
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 904
Component InspectionΒ Β 905
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 906
DescriptionΒ Β 906
Component Function CheckΒ Β 906
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 906
Component InspectionΒ Β 906
Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 907
KEY SLOTΒ 908
DescriptionΒ Β 908
Component Function CheckΒ Β 908
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 908
Component InspectionΒ Β 909
KEY SLOT INDICATORΒ Β 910
DescriptionΒ Β 910
Component Function CheckΒ Β 910
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 910
Component InspectionΒ Β 911
HORN FUNCTIONΒ Β 912
DescriptionΒ Β 912
Component Function CheckΒ Β 912
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 912
COMBINATION METER DISPLAY FUNCTIONΒ Β 914
DescriptionΒ Β 914
Component Function CheckΒ Β 914
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 914
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)Β 915
DescriptionΒ Β 915
Component Function CheckΒ Β 915
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 915
KEY WARNING LAMPΒ Β 916
DescriptionΒ Β 916
Component Function CheckΒ Β 916
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 916
HAZARD FUNCTIONΒ Β 917
DescriptionΒ Β 917
Component Function CheckΒ Β 917
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 917
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTERΒ Β 918
DescriptionΒ Β 918
Component Function CheckΒ Β 918
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 918
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEMΒ Β 920
Wiring Diagram – POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM –Β Β 920
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMΒ Β 926
Wiring Diagram – INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM –Β Β 926
BACK DOOR OPENER SYSTEMΒ 936
Wiring Diagram – BACK DOOR OPENER –Β Β 936
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEMΒ 939
Wiring Diagram – INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEM –Β Β 939
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 941
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 941
Reference ValueΒ Β 941
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 941
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ 946
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ 946
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β 964
Fail-safeΒ Β 969
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ 969
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 971
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 971
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 972
DTC IndexΒ Β 973
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 976
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 976
ALL DOORΒ Β 976
ALL DOOR : DescriptionΒ Β 976
ALL DOOR : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 976
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 976
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 976
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 976
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 977
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 977
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 977
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATIONΒ Β 978
DescriptionΒ Β 978
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 978
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCHΒ 979
ALL DOORΒ Β 979
ALL DOOR : DescriptionΒ Β 979
ALL DOOR : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 979
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 979
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 979
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 979
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 980
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 980
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 980
BACK DOORΒ Β 980
BACK DOOR : DescriptionΒ Β 980
BACK DOOR : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 980
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 982
DescriptionΒ Β 982
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 982
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 983
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHΒ 983
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : DescriptionΒ 983
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 983
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 983
INTELLIGENT KEY : DescriptionΒ Β 983
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 983
DOOR KEY CYLINDERΒ Β 984
DOOR KEY CYLINDER : DescriptionΒ Β 984
DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 984
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 985
DescriptionΒ Β 985
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 985
IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 986
DescriptionΒ Β 986
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 986
P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 987
DescriptionΒ Β 987
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 987
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 988
DescriptionΒ Β 988
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 988
BACK DOOR DOES NOT OPENΒ 989
DescriptionΒ Β 989
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 989
FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATOR DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 990
DescriptionΒ Β 990
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 990
PANIC ALARM FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 991
DescriptionΒ Β 991
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 991
HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 992
DescriptionΒ Β 992
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 992
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 993
DescriptionΒ Β 993
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 993
KEY REMINDER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 994
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMΒ 994
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ 994
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 994
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEMΒ 994
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ 994
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 994
KEY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 996
DescriptionΒ Β 996
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 996
OFF POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 997
DescriptionΒ Β 997
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 997
P POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 998
DescriptionΒ Β 998
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 998
ACC WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 1000
DescriptionΒ Β 1000
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1000
TAKE AWAY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 1001
DescriptionΒ Β 1001
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1001
INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 1003
DescriptionΒ Β 1003
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1003
DOOR LOCK OPERATION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 1004
DescriptionΒ Β 1004
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1004
KEY ID WARNING DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 1005
DescriptionΒ Β 1005
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1005
KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATEΒ Β 1006
DescriptionΒ Β 1006
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1006
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 1007
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1007
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 1008
Work FlowΒ 1008
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 1008
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ Β 1008
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ Β 1009
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ 1009
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ Β 1009
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 1010
Inspection ProcedureΒ Β 1010
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ Β 1010
CENTER CONSOLEΒ 1010
DOORSΒ 1010
TRUNKΒ 1010
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 1011
SEATSΒ 1011
UNDERHOODΒ Β 1011
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ Β 1012
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 1014
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1014
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 1014
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 1014
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 1014
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1014
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 1015
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 1015
WorkΒ Β 1015
PREPARATIONΒ 1016
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1016
Special Service ToolsΒ 1016
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 1016
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1017
HOODΒ 1017
HOOD ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1017
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded ViewΒ 1017
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1017
REMOVALΒ 1017
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1017
HOOD ASSEMBLY : AdjustmentΒ 1018
HOOD HINGEΒ Β 1019
HOOD HINGE : Exploded ViewΒ 1020
HOOD HINGE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1020
REMOVALΒ 1020
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1020
HOOD SUPPORT RODΒ Β 1020
HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Exploded ViewΒ 1021
HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1021
REMOVALΒ 1021
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1021
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORTΒ Β 1022
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1022
Removal and InstallationΒ 1022
REMOVALΒ Β 1022
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1024
FRONT FENDERΒ Β 1025
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1025
Removal and InstallationΒ 1025
REMOVALΒ Β 1025
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1026
DOORΒ 1027
DOOR ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1027
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded ViewΒ 1027
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1027
REMOVALΒ 1027
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1027
DOOR ASSEMBLY : AdjustmentΒ 1028
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 1029
DOOR STRIKERΒ 1029
DOOR STRIKER : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1029
DOOR STRIKER : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1029
REMOVALΒ 1029
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1029
DOOR HINGEΒ Β 1029
DOOR HINGE : Exploded ViewΒ 1030
DOOR HINGE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1030
REMOVALΒ 1030
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1030
DOOR CHECK LINKΒ 1030
DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1031
DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1031
REMOVALΒ 1031
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1031
BACK DOORΒ Β 1032
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYΒ 1032
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1032
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1032
REMOVALΒ 1032
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1033
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : AdjustmentΒ Β 1034
BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENTΒ 1035
BACK DOOR STRIKERΒ Β 1035
BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1035
BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and InstallationΒ 1035
REMOVALΒ 1035
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1035
BACK DOOR HINGEΒ 1036
BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1036
BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1036
REMOVALΒ 1036
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1036
BACK DOOR STAYΒ Β 1036
BACK DOOR STAY : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1037
BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and InstallationΒ 1037
REMOVALΒ 1037
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1037
BACK DOOR STAY : DisposalΒ Β 1038
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPΒ Β 1038
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1038
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and InstallationΒ 1039
REMOVALΒ 1039
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1039
HOOD LOCKΒ Β 1040
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1040
Removal and InstallationΒ 1040
REMOVALΒ Β 1040
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1041
InspectionΒ Β 1042
DOOR LOCKΒ Β 1043
DOOR LOCKΒ 1043
DOOR LOCK : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1043
DOOR LOCK : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1043
REMOVALΒ 1043
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1043
INSIDE HANDLEΒ Β 1043
INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded ViewΒ 1044
INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1044
REMOVALΒ 1044
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1044
OUTSIDE HANDLEΒ Β 1044
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1045
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and InstallationΒ 1045
REMOVALΒ 1045
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1046
BACK DOOR LOCKΒ Β 1047
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1047
Removal and InstallationΒ 1047
REMOVALΒ Β 1047
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1048
FUEL FILLER LID OPENERΒ 1049
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1049
Removal and InstallationΒ 1049
REMOVALΒ Β 1049
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1050
DOOR SWITCHΒ Β 1051
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1051
Removal and InstallationΒ 1051
REMOVALΒ Β 1051
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1051
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1052
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1052
Removal and InstallationΒ 1052
REMOVALΒ Β 1052
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1052
INSIDE KEY ANTENNAΒ Β 1053
CONSOLEΒ Β 1053
CONSOLE : Exploded ViewΒ 1053
CONSOLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1053
REMOVALΒ 1053
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1053
LUGGAGE ROOMΒ 1053
LUGGAGE ROOM : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1053
LUGGAGE ROOM : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1053
REMOVALΒ 1053
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1053
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNAΒ 1054
LHΒ Β 1054
LH : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1054
LH : Removal and InstallationΒ 1054
REMOVALΒ 1054
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1054
BACK DOORΒ 1054
BACK DOOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 1055
BACK DOOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1055
REMOVALΒ 1055
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1055
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERΒ Β 1056
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1056
Removal and InstallationΒ 1056
REMOVALΒ Β 1056
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1056
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVERΒ Β 1057
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1057
Removal and InstallationΒ 1057
REMOVALΒ Β 1057
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1057
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYΒ Β 1058
Removal and InstallationΒ 1058
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
DLNΒ Β 1059
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 1059
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S80AΒ Β 1061
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1061
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 1061
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 1061
PRECAUTIONΒ 1062
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1062
Service notice or Precautions for Rear Propeller ShaftΒ Β 1062
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1063
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1063
Special Service ToolΒ 1063
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 1063
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1064
REAR PROPELLER SHAFTΒ Β 1064
InspectionΒ Β 1064
NOISEΒ Β 1064
VIBRATIONΒ Β 1064
RUNOUT MEASURING POINTΒ 1064
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1065
REAR PROPELLER SHAFTΒ Β 1065
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1065
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1065
REMOVALΒ 1065
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1066
InspectionΒ Β 1066
APPEARANCEΒ 1066
PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUTΒ 1066
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAYΒ Β 1067
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1068
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1068
General SpecificationsΒ Β 1068
Propeller Shaft RunoutΒ Β 1068
Journal Axial PlayΒ Β 1068
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200Β Β 1069
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1069
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1069
System DiagramΒ 1069
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEWΒ Β 1069
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1070
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 1070
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 1070
PRECAUTIONΒ 1071
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1071
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final DriveΒ 1071
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1072
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1072
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 1072
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 1074
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1076
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILΒ Β 1076
InspectionΒ Β 1076
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 1076
OIL LEVELΒ Β 1076
DrainingΒ 1076
RefillingΒ Β 1076
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1077
FRONT OIL SEALΒ Β 1077
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1077
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1077
REMOVALΒ 1077
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1079
SIDE OIL SEALΒ Β 1082
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1082
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1082
REMOVALΒ 1082
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1082
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1084
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1084
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1084
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1084
REMOVALΒ 1084
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1085
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1086
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLYΒ 1086
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1086
DisassemblyΒ 1087
AssemblyΒ 1089
AdjustmentΒ Β 1093
TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUEΒ Β 1093
SIDE BEARING PRELOADΒ Β 1094
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUTΒ Β 1095
TOOTH CONTACTΒ 1095
BACKLASHΒ Β 1097
Inspection After DisassemblyΒ Β 1098
DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINIONΒ Β 1098
BEARINGΒ 1098
SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEARΒ Β 1098
SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER 1098
OIL SEALΒ Β 1098
DIFFERENTIAL CASEΒ Β 1098
COMPANION FLANGEΒ 1098
DRIVE PINIONΒ 1099
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1099
DisassemblyΒ 1100
AssemblyΒ 1101
AdjustmentΒ Β 1103
PINION GEAR HEIGHTΒ Β 1103
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUTΒ Β 1106
Inspection After DisassemblyΒ Β 1106
DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINIONΒ Β 1106
BEARINGΒ 1107
SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEARΒ Β 1107
SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER 1107
OIL SEALΒ Β 1107
DIFFERENTIAL CASEΒ Β 1107
COMPANION FLANGEΒ 1107
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1108
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1108
General SpecificationΒ Β 1108
Drive Gear RunoutΒ 1108
Differential Side Gear ClearanceΒ 1108
Preload TorqueΒ 1108
BacklashΒ 1108
Companion Flange RunoutΒ 1108
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200VΒ 1109
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1109
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1109
System DiagramΒ 1109
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEWΒ Β 1109
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1110
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 1110
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 1110
PRECAUTIONΒ 1111
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1111
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final DriveΒ 1111
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1112
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1112
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 1112
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 1114
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1116
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILΒ Β 1116
InspectionΒ Β 1116
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 1116
OIL LEVELΒ Β 1116
DrainingΒ 1116
RefillingΒ Β 1116
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1117
FRONT OIL SEALΒ Β 1117
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1117
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1117
REMOVALΒ 1117
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1119
SIDE OIL SEALΒ Β 1122
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1122
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1122
REMOVALΒ 1122
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1122
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1124
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1124
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1124
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1124
REMOVALΒ 1124
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1125
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1126
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLYΒ 1126
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1126
DisassemblyΒ 1127
AssemblyΒ 1129
AdjustmentΒ Β 1133
TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUEΒ Β 1133
SIDE BEARING PRELOADΒ Β 1133
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUTΒ Β 1135
TOOTH CONTACTΒ 1135
BACKLASHΒ Β 1137
Inspection After DisassemblyΒ Β 1137
DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINIONΒ Β 1137
BEARINGΒ 1137
SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEARΒ Β 1137
SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER 1137
OIL SEALΒ Β 1137
DIFFERENTIAL CASEΒ Β 1138
COMPANION FLANGEΒ 1138
DRIVE PINIONΒ 1139
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1139
DisassemblyΒ 1140
AssemblyΒ 1141
AdjustmentΒ Β 1143
PINION GEAR HEIGHTΒ Β 1143
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUTΒ Β 1146
Inspection After DisassemblyΒ Β 1146
DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINIONΒ Β 1146
BEARINGΒ 1147
SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEARΒ Β 1147
SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER 1147
OIL SEALΒ Β 1147
DIFFERENTIAL CASEΒ Β 1147
COMPANION FLANGEΒ 1147
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1148
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1148
General SpecificationΒ Β 1148
Drive Gear RunoutΒ 1148
Differential Side Gear ClearanceΒ 1148
Preload TorqueΒ 1148
BacklashΒ 1148
Companion flange RunoutΒ 1148
ECΒ Β 1149
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 1149
VQ37VHRΒ Β 1157
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 1157
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 1157
Work FlowΒ Β 1157
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 1157
DETAILED FLOWΒ 1157
Diagnostic Work SheetΒ Β 1160
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1160
WORKSHEET SAMPLEΒ 1160
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 1161
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 1161
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 1161
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM)Β Β 1164
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : DescriptionΒ Β 1164
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 1164
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE)Β 1165
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : DescriptionΒ 1165
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair RequirementΒ 1165
IDLE SPEEDΒ Β 1165
IDLE SPEED : DescriptionΒ Β 1165
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 1165
IGNITION TIMINGΒ Β 1165
IGNITION TIMING : DescriptionΒ Β 1165
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 1165
VIN REGISTRATIONΒ Β 1166
VIN REGISTRATION : DescriptionΒ Β 1166
VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 1166
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGΒ 1166
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : DescriptionΒ 1166
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair RequirementΒ 1166
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGΒ Β 1167
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description 1167
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement 1167
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGΒ Β 1167
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : DescriptionΒ Β 1167
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement 1167
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 1169
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description 1169
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement 1169
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARΒ Β 1171
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description 1171
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement 1171
M/T NEUTRAL POSITION LEARNINGΒ 1171
M/T NEUTRAL POSITION LEARNING : DescriptionΒ 1171
M/T NEUTRAL POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair RequirementΒ 1171
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1173
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEMΒ 1173
System DiagramΒ 1173
System DescriptionΒ Β 1174
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1174
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1181
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMΒ Β 1183
System DiagramΒ 1183
System DescriptionΒ Β 1183
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1183
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1184
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION 1184
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)Β 1184
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROLΒ Β 1184
FUEL INJECTION TIMINGΒ Β 1185
FUEL SHUT-OFFΒ 1185
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1186
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1192
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEMΒ 1194
System DiagramΒ 1194
System DescriptionΒ Β 1194
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1194
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1194
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1195
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1201
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROLΒ Β 1202
System DiagramΒ 1202
System DescriptionΒ Β 1202
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1202
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1202
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1203
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1209
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)Β Β 1210
System DiagramΒ 1210
System DescriptionΒ Β 1210
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1210
BASIC ASCD SYSTEMΒ Β 1210
SET OPERATIONΒ 1210
ACCELERATE OPERATIONΒ Β 1210
CANCEL OPERATIONΒ 1211
COAST OPERATIONΒ Β 1211
RESUME OPERATIONΒ 1211
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1212
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1218
CAN COMMUNICATIONΒ Β 1219
System DescriptionΒ Β 1219
COOLING FAN CONTROLΒ Β 1220
System DiagramΒ 1220
System DescriptionΒ Β 1220
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1220
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1220
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1221
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1227
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEMΒ 1228
System DiagramΒ 1228
System DescriptionΒ Β 1228
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1228
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1229
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWINGΒ Β 1229
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1231
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1237
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROLΒ 1239
System DiagramΒ 1239
System DescriptionΒ Β 1239
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1239
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1239
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1240
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1246
VVEL SYSTEMΒ Β 1247
System DiagramΒ 1247
System DescriptionΒ Β 1247
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1247
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1247
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1248
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1254
SYNCHROREV MATCH MODE (S-MODE)Β 1255
System DiagramΒ 1255
System DescriptionΒ Β 1255
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 1255
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1255
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1256
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1262
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEMΒ Β 1263
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 1263
INTRODUCTIONΒ Β 1263
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 1263
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATAΒ 1263
DTC and 1st Trip DTCΒ Β 1263
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame DataΒ 1264
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTCΒ Β 1264
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTCΒ 1265
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODEΒ Β 1265
SRT ItemΒ Β 1266
SRT Set TimingΒ Β 1266
SRT Service ProcedureΒ 1267
How to Display SRT StatusΒ Β 1268
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)Β Β 1268
DescriptionΒ Β 1268
On Board Diagnostic System FunctionΒ Β 1268
Diagnostic Test Mode I – Bulb CheckΒ Β 1269
Diagnostic Test Mode I – Malfunction WarningΒ Β 1269
Diagnostic Test Mode II – Self-diagnostic Results 1269
How to Switch Diagnostic Test ModeΒ Β 1270
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)Β Β 1271
CONSULT-III FunctionΒ 1271
FUNCTIONΒ Β 1271
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATIONΒ 1271
WORK SUPPORT MODEΒ Β 1273
Work ItemΒ 1273
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODEΒ 1274
Self Diagnostic ItemΒ Β 1274
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame DataΒ 1274
DATA MONITOR MODEΒ Β 1275
Monitored ItemΒ Β 1275
ACTIVE TEST MODEΒ 1279
Test ItemΒ 1279
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODEΒ Β 1280
SRT STATUS ModeΒ 1280
SRT WORK SUPPORT ModeΒ 1280
DTC WORK SUPPORT ModeΒ 1280
Diagnosis Tool FunctionΒ 1281
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1281
FUNCTIONΒ Β 1281
INSPECTION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1281
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFICATION VALUEΒ 1283
DescriptionΒ 1283
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1283
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1284
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 1284
DETAILED PROCEDUREΒ Β 1285
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 1291
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1291
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 1294
DescriptionΒ 1294
DTC LogicΒ Β 1294
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1294
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1294
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1294
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 1295
DescriptionΒ 1295
DTC LogicΒ Β 1295
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1295
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1295
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1295
U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 1297
DescriptionΒ 1297
DTC LogicΒ Β 1297
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1297
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1297
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1297
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 1298
DescriptionΒ 1298
DTC LogicΒ Β 1298
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1298
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1298
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1298
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 1299
DescriptionΒ 1299
DTC LogicΒ Β 1299
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1299
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1299
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1299
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROLΒ 1301
DTC LogicΒ Β 1301
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1301
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1301
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1302
Component InspectionΒ 1303
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATERΒ Β 1305
DescriptionΒ 1305
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1305
DTC LogicΒ Β 1305
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1305
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1305
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1306
Component InspectionΒ 1307
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATERΒ 1308
DescriptionΒ 1308
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1308
OPERATIONΒ Β 1308
DTC LogicΒ Β 1308
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1308
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1308
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1309
Component InspectionΒ 1310
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVEΒ 1311
DescriptionΒ 1311
DTC LogicΒ Β 1311
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1311
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1311
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1311
Component InspectionΒ 1312
P0101, P010B MAF SENSORΒ Β 1314
DescriptionΒ 1314
DTC LogicΒ Β 1314
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1314
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1314
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1316
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1316
Component InspectionΒ 1318
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSORΒ Β 1321
DescriptionΒ 1321
DTC LogicΒ Β 1321
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1321
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1321
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1322
Component InspectionΒ 1323
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSORΒ 1327
DescriptionΒ 1327
DTC LogicΒ Β 1327
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1327
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1327
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1327
Component InspectionΒ 1328
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSORΒ Β 1331
DescriptionΒ 1331
DTC LogicΒ Β 1331
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1331
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1331
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1332
Component InspectionΒ 1332
P0116 ECT SENSORΒ Β 1334
DescriptionΒ 1334
DTC LogicΒ Β 1334
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1334
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1334
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1335
Component InspectionΒ 1335
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSORΒ Β 1336
DescriptionΒ 1336
DTC LogicΒ Β 1336
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1336
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1336
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1337
Component InspectionΒ 1338
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSORΒ 1339
DescriptionΒ 1339
DTC LogicΒ Β 1339
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1339
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1339
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1340
Component InspectionΒ 1341
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1341
P0125 ECT SENSORΒ Β 1343
DescriptionΒ 1343
DTC LogicΒ Β 1343
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1343
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1343
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1344
Component InspectionΒ 1344
P0127 IAT SENSORΒ Β 1346
DescriptionΒ 1346
DTC LogicΒ Β 1346
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1346
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1346
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1347
Component InspectionΒ 1347
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTIONΒ Β 1348
DTC LogicΒ Β 1348
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1348
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1348
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1348
Component InspectionΒ 1349
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1Β Β 1350
DescriptionΒ 1350
DTC LogicΒ Β 1350
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1350
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1350
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1352
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1352
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1Β Β 1354
DescriptionΒ 1354
DTC LogicΒ Β 1354
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1354
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1354
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1355
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1Β Β 1357
DescriptionΒ 1357
DTC LogicΒ Β 1357
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1357
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1357
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1358
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1Β Β 1360
DescriptionΒ 1360
DTC LogicΒ Β 1360
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1360
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1360
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1362
P0137, P0157 HO2S2Β 1365
DescriptionΒ 1365
DTC LogicΒ Β 1365
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1365
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1365
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1366
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1367
Component InspectionΒ 1369
P0138, P0158 HO2S2Β 1371
DescriptionΒ 1371
DTC LogicΒ Β 1371
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1371
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1372
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1373
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1374
Component InspectionΒ 1376
P0139, P0159 HO2S2Β 1379
DescriptionΒ 1379
DTC LogicΒ Β 1379
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1379
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1379
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1380
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1381
Component InspectionΒ 1383
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTIONΒ Β 1385
DTC LogicΒ Β 1385
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1385
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1385
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1386
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTIONΒ Β 1389
DTC LogicΒ Β 1389
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1389
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1389
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1390
P0181 FTT SENSORΒ Β 1393
DescriptionΒ 1393
DTC LogicΒ Β 1393
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1393
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1393
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1394
Component InspectionΒ 1395
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSORΒ Β 1396
DescriptionΒ 1396
DTC LogicΒ Β 1396
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1396
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1396
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1396
Component InspectionΒ 1398
P0196 EOT SENSORΒ Β 1399
DescriptionΒ 1399
DTC LogicΒ Β 1399
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1399
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1399
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1400
Component InspectionΒ 1401
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSORΒ Β 1402
DescriptionΒ 1402
DTC LogicΒ Β 1402
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1402
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1402
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1403
Component InspectionΒ 1403
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSORΒ 1405
DescriptionΒ 1405
DTC LogicΒ Β 1405
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1405
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1405
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1406
Component InspectionΒ 1407
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1407
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIREΒ Β 1409
DTC LogicΒ Β 1409
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1409
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1409
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1410
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KSΒ Β 1415
DescriptionΒ 1415
DTC LogicΒ Β 1415
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1415
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1415
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1415
Component InspectionΒ 1416
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)Β Β 1418
DescriptionΒ 1418
DTC LogicΒ Β 1418
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1418
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1418
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1419
Component InspectionΒ 1421
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)Β Β 1422
DescriptionΒ 1422
DTC LogicΒ Β 1422
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1422
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1422
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1423
Component InspectionΒ 1425
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTIONΒ Β 1426
DTC LogicΒ Β 1426
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1426
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1426
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1427
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1428
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 1431
DTC LogicΒ Β 1431
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1431
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1431
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1432
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1433
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 1436
DTC LogicΒ Β 1436
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1436
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1437
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1437
Component InspectionΒ 1441
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVEΒ Β 1442
DescriptionΒ 1442
DTC LogicΒ Β 1442
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1442
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1442
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1443
Component InspectionΒ 1446
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVEΒ Β 1447
DescriptionΒ 1447
DTC LogicΒ Β 1447
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1447
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1447
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1447
Component InspectionΒ 1449
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVEΒ Β 1450
DescriptionΒ 1450
DTC LogicΒ Β 1450
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1450
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1450
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1450
Component InspectionΒ 1452
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVEΒ Β 1454
DescriptionΒ 1454
DTC LogicΒ Β 1454
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1454
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1454
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1455
Component InspectionΒ 1456
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSORΒ Β 1458
DescriptionΒ 1458
DTC LogicΒ Β 1458
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1458
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1458
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1459
Component InspectionΒ 1460
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSORΒ Β 1461
DescriptionΒ 1461
DTC LogicΒ Β 1461
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1461
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1461
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1462
Component InspectionΒ 1465
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSORΒ Β 1466
DescriptionΒ 1466
DTC LogicΒ Β 1466
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1466
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1466
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1467
Component InspectionΒ 1470
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 1472
DTC LogicΒ Β 1472
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1472
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1472
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1474
Component InspectionΒ 1476
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 1478
DTC LogicΒ Β 1478
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1478
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1479
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1480
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1480
Component InspectionΒ 1484
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSORΒ Β 1485
DescriptionΒ 1485
DTC LogicΒ Β 1485
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1485
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1485
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1485
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSORΒ Β 1487
DescriptionΒ 1487
DTC LogicΒ Β 1487
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1487
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1487
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1487
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1488
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSORΒ 1489
DescriptionΒ 1489
DTC LogicΒ Β 1489
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1489
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1489
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1489
P0500 VSSΒ 1491
DescriptionΒ 1491
DTC LogicΒ Β 1491
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1491
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1491
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1492
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1492
P0506 ISC SYSTEMΒ Β 1493
DescriptionΒ 1493
DTC LogicΒ Β 1493
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1493
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1493
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1493
P0507 ISC SYSTEMΒ Β 1495
DescriptionΒ 1495
DTC LogicΒ Β 1495
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1495
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1495
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1495
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSUREΒ Β 1497
DTC LogicΒ Β 1497
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1497
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1497
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1498
Component InspectionΒ 1499
P0550 PSP SENSORΒ Β 1500
DescriptionΒ 1500
DTC LogicΒ Β 1500
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1500
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1500
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1500
Component InspectionΒ 1501
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSORΒ Β 1503
DescriptionΒ 1503
DTC LogicΒ Β 1503
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1503
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1503
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1503
Component InspectionΒ 1506
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLYΒ Β 1508
DescriptionΒ 1508
DTC LogicΒ Β 1508
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1508
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1508
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1508
P0605 ECMΒ 1510
DescriptionΒ 1510
DTC LogicΒ Β 1510
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1510
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1510
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1511
P0607 ECMΒ 1512
DescriptionΒ 1512
DTC LogicΒ Β 1512
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1512
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1512
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1512
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLYΒ Β 1513
DTC LogicΒ Β 1513
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1513
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1513
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1513
P0820 GEAR LEVER POSITION SENSORΒ Β 1516
DescriptionΒ 1516
DTC LogicΒ Β 1516
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1516
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1516
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1517
Component InspectionΒ 1519
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1520
P0830 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 1521
DescriptionΒ 1521
DTC LogicΒ Β 1521
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1521
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1521
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1521
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1522
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)Β Β 1525
Component Inspection (Clutch Interlock Switch)Β Β 1525
P0833 CPP SWITCHΒ Β 1526
DescriptionΒ 1526
DTC LogicΒ Β 1526
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1526
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1526
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1526
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1527
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)Β Β 1530
Component Inspection (Clutch Interlock Switch)Β Β 1530
P0850 PNP SWITCHΒ Β 1531
DescriptionΒ 1531
DTC LogicΒ Β 1531
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1531
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1531
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1532
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1532
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEMΒ 1535
DTC LogicΒ Β 1535
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1535
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1535
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1535
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)Β Β 1537
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)Β Β 1537
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1538
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEMΒ 1539
DTC LogicΒ Β 1539
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1539
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSORΒ Β 1540
DescriptionΒ 1540
DTC LogicΒ Β 1540
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1540
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1540
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1540
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1542
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTORΒ Β 1544
DescriptionΒ 1544
DTC LogicΒ Β 1544
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1544
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1544
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1544
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)Β Β 1546
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)Β Β 1546
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1547
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAYΒ Β 1548
DescriptionΒ 1548
DTC LogicΒ Β 1548
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1548
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1548
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1548
Component InspectionΒ 1550
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROLΒ Β 1551
DTC LogicΒ Β 1551
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1551
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNITΒ Β 1552
DescriptionΒ 1552
DTC LogicΒ Β 1552
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1552
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1552
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1552
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINEΒ Β 1553
DescriptionΒ 1553
DTC LogicΒ Β 1553
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1553
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1553
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1553
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATUREΒ Β 1554
DTC LogicΒ Β 1554
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1554
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1554
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1554
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1555
P1225, P1234 TP SENSORΒ Β 1558
DescriptionΒ 1558
DTC LogicΒ Β 1558
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1558
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1558
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1558
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1559
P1226, P1235 TP SENSORΒ Β 1560
DescriptionΒ 1560
DTC LogicΒ Β 1560
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1560
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1560
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1560
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1561
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTIONΒ Β 1562
DescriptionΒ 1562
DTC LogicΒ Β 1562
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1562
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1562
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1562
Component InspectionΒ 1565
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1565
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORΒ Β 1566
DescriptionΒ 1566
DTC LogicΒ Β 1566
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1566
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1566
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1566
Component InspectionΒ 1567
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1568
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATORΒ Β 1569
DescriptionΒ 1569
DTC LogicΒ Β 1569
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1569
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1569
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1570
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1570
P1239, P2135 TP SENSORΒ Β 1571
DescriptionΒ 1571
DTC LogicΒ Β 1571
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1571
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1571
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1571
Component InspectionΒ 1573
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1573
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAYΒ 1574
DescriptionΒ 1574
DTC LogicΒ Β 1574
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1574
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1574
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1574
P1421 COLD START CONTROLΒ 1576
DescriptionΒ 1576
DTC LogicΒ Β 1576
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1576
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1576
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1576
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCHΒ Β 1578
DescriptionΒ 1578
DTC LogicΒ Β 1578
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1578
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1578
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1578
Component InspectionΒ 1580
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCHΒ Β 1581
DescriptionΒ 1581
DTC LogicΒ Β 1581
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1581
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1581
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1582
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)Β Β 1586
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)Β Β 1587
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)Β Β 1587
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSORΒ Β 1589
DescriptionΒ 1589
DTC LogicΒ Β 1589
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1589
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1589
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1589
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULEΒ Β 1591
DescriptionΒ 1591
DTC LogicΒ Β 1591
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1591
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1591
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1591
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULEΒ Β 1593
DescriptionΒ 1593
DTC LogicΒ Β 1593
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1593
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1593
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1593
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLYΒ 1595
DTC LogicΒ Β 1595
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1595
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1595
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1595
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1596
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSORΒ 1598
DescriptionΒ 1598
DTC LogicΒ Β 1598
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1598
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1598
P1805 BRAKE SWITCHΒ 1599
DescriptionΒ 1599
DTC LogicΒ Β 1599
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1599
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1599
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1599
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)Β Β 1600
P2122, P2123 APP SENSORΒ Β 1602
DescriptionΒ 1602
DTC LogicΒ Β 1602
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1602
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1602
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1602
Component InspectionΒ 1604
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1604
P2127, P2128 APP SENSORΒ Β 1606
DescriptionΒ 1606
DTC LogicΒ Β 1606
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1606
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1606
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1607
Component InspectionΒ 1609
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1609
P2138 APP SENSORΒ Β 1611
DescriptionΒ 1611
DTC LogicΒ Β 1611
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1611
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1611
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1612
Component InspectionΒ 1614
Special Repair RequirementΒ 1615
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSORΒ 1616
DescriptionΒ 1616
DTC LogicΒ Β 1616
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1616
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1616
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1617
Component InspectionΒ 1618
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1Β Β 1619
DescriptionΒ 1619
DTC LogicΒ Β 1619
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 1619
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1619
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1620
ASCD BRAKE SWITCHΒ Β 1623
DescriptionΒ 1623
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1623
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1623
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)Β Β 1626
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)Β Β 1626
ASCD INDICATORΒ Β 1628
DescriptionΒ 1628
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1628
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1628
COOLING FANΒ Β 1629
DescriptionΒ 1629
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULEΒ Β 1629
COOLING FAN MOTORΒ Β 1629
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1629
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1629
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)Β Β 1631
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)Β Β 1632
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNALΒ Β 1633
DescriptionΒ 1633
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1633
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1633
FUEL INJECTORΒ Β 1635
DescriptionΒ 1635
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1635
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1635
Component InspectionΒ 1637
FUEL PUMPΒ 1638
DescriptionΒ 1638
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1638
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1638
Component InspectionΒ 1640
IGNITION SIGNALΒ 1641
DescriptionΒ 1641
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1641
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1641
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)Β Β 1644
Component Inspection (Condenser)Β 1645
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMPΒ Β 1646
DescriptionΒ 1646
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1646
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1646
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)Β Β 1647
DescriptionΒ 1647
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1647
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1647
Component InspectionΒ 1650
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATIONΒ 1652
DescriptionΒ 1652
Component InspectionΒ 1652
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSORΒ 1654
DescriptionΒ 1654
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1654
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1654
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORΒ 1657
DescriptionΒ 1657
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1657
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1657
S-MODE SWITCHΒ Β 1658
DescriptionΒ 1658
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1658
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1658
Component InspectionΒ 1659
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 1661
ECMΒ 1661
Reference ValueΒ Β 1661
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 1661
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 1666
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 1666
Wiring Diagram – ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 1678
Fail safeΒ Β 1697
NON DTC RELATED ITEMΒ Β 1697
DTC RELATED ITEMΒ 1698
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 1699
DTC IndexΒ Β 1701
How to Set SRT CodeΒ Β 1706
DRIVING PATTERNΒ Β 1707
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T ModelsΒ 1708
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T ModelsΒ 1708
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each GearΒ 1708
Test Value and Test LimitΒ Β 1709
VVEL CONTROL MODULEΒ Β 1715
Reference ValueΒ Β 1715
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 1715
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 1715
Wiring Diagram – ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 1719
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1739
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ 1739
Symptom TableΒ Β 1739
SYSTEM – BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 1739
SYSTEM – ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHERΒ 1740
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 1743
DescriptionΒ 1743
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)Β Β 1743
TORQUE CUT CONTROL (AT HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE)Β Β 1743
PRECAUTIONΒ 1744
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1744
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 1744
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 1744
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 1744
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp ServiceΒ 1744
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/TΒ 1745
General PrecautionsΒ Β 1745
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1749
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1749
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 1749
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 1749
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1751
FUEL PRESSUREΒ Β 1751
InspectionΒ Β 1751
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASEΒ Β 1751
With CONSULT-IIIΒ Β 1751
Without CONSULT-IIIΒ Β 1751
FUEL PRESSURE CHECKΒ 1751
EVAP LEAK CHECKΒ 1752
InspectionΒ Β 1752
WITH CONSULT-IIIΒ 1752
WITHOUT CONSULT-IIIΒ 1752
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1754
EVAP CANISTERΒ Β 1754
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1754
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1754
REMOVALΒ 1754
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1754
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 1754
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1755
InspectionΒ Β 1755
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1756
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1756
Idle SpeedΒ Β 1756
Ignition TimingΒ Β 1756
Calculated Load ValueΒ Β 1756
Mass Air Flow SensorΒ 1756
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
EMΒ Β 1757
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 1757
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 1759
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1759
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 1759
NVH Troubleshooting – Engine NoiseΒ Β 1759
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the SymptomΒ Β 1759
PRECAUTIONΒ 1761
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1761
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 1761
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 1761
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 1761
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 1761
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 1762
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 1762
Draining Engine CoolantΒ 1762
Disconnecting Fuel PipingΒ Β 1762
Removal and DisassemblyΒ 1762
Inspection, Repair and ReplacementΒ Β 1762
Assembly and InstallationΒ Β 1762
Parts Requiring Angle TighteningΒ 1763
Liquid GasketΒ Β 1763
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALINGΒ Β 1763
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 1763
Definitions of Bank NamesΒ Β 1764
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1765
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1765
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 1765
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 1766
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1769
DRIVE BELTΒ Β 1769
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1769
CheckingΒ 1769
Tension AdjustmentΒ Β 1769
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1769
REMOVALΒ 1769
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1770
InspectionΒ Β 1770
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1770
AIR CLEANER FILTERΒ 1771
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1771
REMOVALΒ 1771
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1771
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 1772
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1772
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1772
REMOVALΒ 1772
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1773
InspectionΒ Β 1773
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1773
CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCEΒ 1774
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 1774
INSPECTIONΒ 1774
Check valve clearance if applicable to the following cases:Β Β 1774
CAMSHAFT (EXH) VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 1777
COMPRESSION PRESSUREΒ Β 1779
InspectionΒ Β 1779
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1781
ENGINE COVERΒ 1781
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1781
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1781
REMOVALΒ 1781
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1781
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEYΒ 1782
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1782
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1782
RemovalΒ 1782
InstallationΒ Β 1782
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCTΒ 1783
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1783
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1783
REMOVALΒ 1783
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1784
InspectionΒ Β 1784
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1784
INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTORΒ Β 1785
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1785
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1785
REMOVALΒ 1785
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1786
INTAKE MANIFOLDΒ 1788
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1788
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1788
REMOVALΒ 1788
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1788
InspectionΒ Β 1789
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1789
Surface DistortionΒ 1789
EXHAUST MANIFOLDΒ Β 1790
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1790
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1790
REMOVALΒ 1790
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1791
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1Β Β 1792
InspectionΒ Β 1792
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1792
Surface DistortionΒ 1792
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBEΒ 1794
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1794
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1794
REMOVALΒ 1794
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1796
InspectionΒ Β 1799
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1799
Check for Fuel LeakageΒ Β 1799
OIL PAN (LOWER)Β 1800
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1800
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1800
REMOVALΒ 1800
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1801
InspectionΒ Β 1802
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1802
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1802
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVERΒ 1803
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1803
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1803
REMOVALΒ 1803
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1804
TIMING CHAINΒ 1806
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1806
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1807
REMOVALΒ 1807
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1812
InspectionΒ Β 1820
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1820
Timing ChainΒ 1820
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1821
Inspection for LeakageΒ Β 1821
OIL SEALΒ Β 1822
FRONT OIL SEALΒ 1822
FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1822
REMOVALΒ Β 1822
INSTALLATIONΒ 1822
REAR OIL SEALΒ Β 1822
REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and InstallationΒ 1822
REMOVALΒ Β 1822
INSTALLATIONΒ 1823
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1824
ENGINE ASSEMBLYΒ 1824
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1824
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1824
REMOVALΒ 1824
OutlineΒ Β 1824
PreparationΒ Β 1825
Engine Room LHΒ Β 1825
Engine Room RHΒ Β 1825
Vehicle InsideΒ Β 1825
Vehicle Underbody (M/T models)Β 1825
Vehicle Underbody (A/T models)Β 1826
Removal WorkΒ 1826
Separation WorkΒ 1827
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1828
InspectionΒ Β 1828
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1828
Inspection for LeakageΒ Β 1828
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1830
ENGINE STAND SETTINGΒ Β 1830
SettingΒ Β 1830
ENGINE UNITΒ Β 1832
DisassemblyΒ 1832
AssemblyΒ 1832
OIL PAN (UPPER) AND OIL STRAINERΒ Β 1833
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1833
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 1833
REMOVALΒ 1833
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1834
InspectionΒ Β 1835
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 1835
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1835
REAR TIMING CHAIN CASEΒ Β 1836
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1836
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 1837
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 1837
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1838
CAMSHAFTΒ Β 1841
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1841
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 1842
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 1842
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1844
InspectionΒ Β 1851
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (EXHAUST SIDE)Β Β 1851
Camshaft (EXH) RunoutΒ 1851
Camshaft (EXH) Cam HeightΒ Β 1851
Camshaft (EXH) Journal Oil ClearanceΒ 1851
Camshaft (EXH) End PlayΒ Β 1852
Camshaft Sprocket (EXH) RunoutΒ 1852
Valve Lifter (EXH)Β 1853
Valve Lifter Clearance (EXH)Β Β 1853
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (INTAKE SIDE)Β Β 1854
Drive Shaft End PlayΒ Β 1854
Camshaft Sprocket (INT) RunoutΒ 1854
Valve Lifter (INT)Β 1854
Valve Lifter Clearance (INT)Β Β 1854
VVEL Ladder AssemblyΒ Β 1855
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1856
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil GrooveΒ 1856
Inspection for LeakageΒ Β 1857
CYLINDER HEADΒ Β 1858
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1858
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 1859
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 1859
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1860
InspectionΒ Β 1864
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 1864
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer DiameterΒ Β 1865
Cylinder Head DistortionΒ 1865
Valve DimensionsΒ Β 1865
Valve Guide ClearanceΒ 1865
Valve Seat ContactΒ 1866
Valve Spring SquarenessΒ Β 1866
Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure LoadΒ 1866
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1866
Inspection for LeakageΒ Β 1866
CYLINDER BLOCKΒ Β 1868
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1868
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 1869
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 1869
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 1871
InspectionΒ Β 1878
CRANKSHAFT END PLAYΒ 1878
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCEΒ Β 1878
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCEΒ 1878
Piston Pin Hole DiameterΒ 1878
Piston Pin Outer DiameterΒ Β 1878
Piston to Piston Pin Oil ClearanceΒ Β 1879
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCEΒ Β 1879
PISTON RING END GAPΒ 1879
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSIONΒ 1879
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETERΒ 1880
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCEΒ Β 1880
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner DiameterΒ Β 1880
Piston Pin Outer DiameterΒ Β 1880
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil ClearanceΒ 1881
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTIONΒ 1881
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETERΒ Β 1882
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCEΒ Β 1882
Cylinder Bore Inner DiameterΒ Β 1882
Piston Skirt DiameterΒ 1882
Piston-to-Cylinder Bore ClearanceΒ 1883
Reboring Cylinder BoreΒ Β 1883
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETERΒ Β 1883
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETERΒ 1884
CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPERΒ Β 1884
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUTΒ Β 1884
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCEΒ Β 1884
Method by CalculationΒ 1884
Method of Using PlastigageΒ Β 1885
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCEΒ Β 1885
Method by CalculationΒ 1885
Method of Using PlastigageΒ Β 1885
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHTΒ 1886
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHTΒ Β 1886
LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT OUTER DIAMETERΒ 1886
CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETERΒ 1886
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T models)Β Β 1887
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T models)Β 1887
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) DirectionΒ Β 1887
DRIVE PLATE (A/T models)Β Β 1887
OIL JETΒ 1888
OIL JET RELIEF VALVEΒ Β 1888
HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARINGΒ Β 1889
DescriptionΒ 1889
PistonΒ Β 1889
WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USEDΒ 1889
WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSEDΒ Β 1889
PISTON SELECTION TABLEΒ 1890
Connecting Rod BearingΒ Β 1890
WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USEDΒ Β 1890
WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSEDΒ Β 1891
CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLEΒ Β 1891
CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLEΒ 1892
UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDEΒ Β 1892
Main BearingΒ Β 1893
WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USEDΒ Β 1893
WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSEDΒ Β 1893
MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLEΒ 1894
MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)Β Β 1894
UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDEΒ Β 1894
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1895
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1895
General SpecificationΒ Β 1895
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONSΒ 1895
Drive BeltΒ Β 1895
DRIVE BELTΒ 1895
Spark PlugΒ Β 1895
SPARK PLUGΒ 1895
Intake ManifoldΒ Β 1896
INTAKE MANIFOLDΒ Β 1896
Exhaust ManifoldΒ Β 1896
EXHAUST MANIFOLDΒ 1896
CamshaftΒ 1896
CAMSHAFT (EXH)Β Β 1896
CAMSHAFT (INT)Β Β 1896
VALVE LIFTERΒ Β 1897
VALVE CLEARANCEΒ Β 1897
AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTERΒ 1897
Cylinder HeadΒ Β 1898
CYLINDER HEADΒ 1898
VALVE DIMENSIONSΒ 1898
VALVE GUIDEΒ Β 1899
VALVE SEATΒ 1899
VALVE SPRINGΒ Β 1900
Cylinder BlockΒ 1901
CYLINDER BLOCKΒ Β 1901
AVAILABLE PISTONΒ 1901
PISTON RINGΒ Β 1902
PISTON PINΒ 1902
CONNECTING RODΒ Β 1902
CRANKSHAFTΒ 1903
Main BearingΒ Β 1904
MAIN BEARINGΒ Β 1904
UNDERSIZEΒ Β 1905
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCEΒ Β 1905
Connecting Rod BearingΒ Β 1905
CONNECTING ROD BEARINGΒ 1905
UNDERSIZEΒ 1906
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCEΒ 1906
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 1907
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 1907
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 1907
Spark PlugΒ Β 1907
SPARK PLUGΒ 1907
EXΒ Β 1908
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 1908
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 1909
PRECAUTIONΒ 1909
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 1909
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1909
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1910
PREPARATIONΒ Β 1910
Special Service ToolΒ 1910
Commercial Service ToolΒ 1910
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 1911
EXHAUST SYSTEMΒ Β 1911
InspectionΒ Β 1911
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1912
EXHAUST SYSTEMΒ Β 1912
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1912
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 1913
REMOVALΒ 1913
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1913
InspectionΒ Β 1913
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1913
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 1914
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 1914
EXHAUST SYSTEMΒ Β 1914
Exploded ViewΒ Β 1914
EXLΒ Β 1915
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 1915
XENON TYPEΒ Β 1919
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 1919
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 1919
Work FlowΒ Β 1919
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 1919
DETAILED FLOWΒ 1919
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 1921
HEADLAMP SYSTEMΒ 1921
System DiagramΒ 1921
System DescriptionΒ Β 1921
OUTLINEΒ 1921
HEADLAMP BASIC OPERATIONΒ Β 1921
HEADLAMP HI/LO SWITCHING OPERATIONΒ 1921
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1922
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1923
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1924
System DiagramΒ 1924
System DescriptionΒ Β 1924
OUTLINEΒ 1924
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTIONΒ 1924
DELAY TIMER FUNCTIONΒ Β 1924
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1925
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1925
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1927
System DiagramΒ 1927
System DescriptionΒ Β 1927
OUTLINEΒ 1927
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONΒ 1927
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1928
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1928
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEMΒ 1929
System DiagramΒ 1929
System DescriptionΒ Β 1929
OUTLINEΒ 1929
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATIONΒ Β 1929
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATIONΒ Β 1929
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL SOUND OPERATIONΒ 1929
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)Β 1929
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1930
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1930
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEMΒ Β 1931
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1931
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System Diagram 1931
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System DescriptionΒ Β 1931
OUTLINEΒ Β 1931
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, TAIL AND SIDE MARKER LAMPS OPERATIONΒ 1931
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1932
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component DescriptionΒ Β 1932
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1932
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System DiagramΒ Β 1933
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System DescriptionΒ Β 1933
OUTLINEΒ Β 1933
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, TAIL AND SIDE MARKER LAMPS OPERATIONΒ 1933
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1934
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component DescriptionΒ Β 1934
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEMΒ Β 1935
System DiagramΒ 1935
System DescriptionΒ Β 1935
OUTLINEΒ 1935
REAR FOG LAMP OPERATIONΒ Β 1935
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1935
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1936
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMΒ Β 1937
System DiagramΒ 1937
System DescriptionΒ Β 1937
OUTLINEΒ 1937
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATIONΒ Β 1937
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 1938
Component DescriptionΒ Β 1938
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 1939
COMMON ITEMΒ 1939
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 1939
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 1939
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ 1939
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 1939
HEADLAMPΒ 1940
HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – HEAD LAMP)Β 1940
WORK SUPPORTΒ 1940
DATA MONITORΒ 1941
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 1942
FLASHERΒ Β 1942
FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – FLASHER)Β 1942
WORK SUPPORTΒ 1942
DATA MONITORΒ 1942
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 1943
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)Β 1944
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 1944
AUTO ACTIVE TESTΒ 1944
DescriptionΒ Β 1944
Operation ProcedureΒ Β 1944
Inspection in Auto Active Test ModeΒ Β 1944
Concept of auto active testΒ 1945
Diagnosis chart in auto active test modeΒ Β 1945
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)Β Β 1946
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 1946
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTΒ 1946
DATA MONITORΒ Β 1946
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 1947
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1949
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 1949
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 1949
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1949
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) 1949
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1949
EXTERIOR LAMP FUSEΒ 1951
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1951
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ Β 1951
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1951
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1951
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ Β 1951
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1952
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUITΒ 1953
DescriptionΒ 1953
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1953
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1953
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUITΒ 1955
DescriptionΒ 1955
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1955
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1955
XENON HEADLAMPΒ Β 1957
DescriptionΒ 1957
OUTLINEΒ 1957
ILLUMINATION PRINCIPLEΒ 1957
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSISΒ Β 1957
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1957
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY CIRCUITΒ Β 1959
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1959
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1959
Component InspectionΒ 1960
PARKING LAMP CIRCUITΒ Β 1962
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1962
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1962
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1962
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1963
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1963
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1964
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUITΒ 1965
DescriptionΒ 1965
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1965
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1965
OPTICAL SENSORΒ Β 1969
DescriptionΒ 1969
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1969
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1969
HAZARD SWITCHΒ Β 1972
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1972
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1972
TAIL LAMP CIRCUITΒ Β 1974
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1974
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1974
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1974
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1975
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1975
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1975
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUITΒ Β 1977
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1977
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1977
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1977
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1978
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Component Function CheckΒ Β 1978
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 1978
REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUITΒ 1980
Component Function CheckΒ Β 1980
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 1980
HEADLAMP SYSTEMΒ 1982
Wiring Diagram – HEADLAMP –Β Β 1982
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1986
Wiring Diagram – AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM –Β Β 1986
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 1990
Wiring Diagram – DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM –Β 1990
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEMΒ 1996
Wiring Diagram – TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS –Β Β 1996
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEMΒ Β 2000
Wiring Diagram – PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS –Β 2000
STOP LAMPΒ 2005
Wiring Diagram – STOP LAMP –Β Β 2005
BACK-UP LAMPΒ 2007
Wiring Diagram – BACK-UP LAMP –Β Β 2007
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEMΒ Β 2010
Wiring Diagram -REAR FOG LAMP-Β Β 2010
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 2013
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 2013
Reference ValueΒ Β 2013
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 2013
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2018
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2018
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 2036
Fail-safeΒ Β 2041
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 2041
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ 2043
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 2043
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 2044
DTC IndexΒ Β 2045
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 2048
Reference ValueΒ Β 2048
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 2048
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2050
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2050
Wiring Diagram – IPDM E/R –Β Β 2055
Fail-safeΒ Β 2058
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLΒ 2058
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECMΒ 2058
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCMΒ 2059
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2059
FRONT WIPER CONTROLΒ 2059
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2060
DTC IndexΒ Β 2060
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2061
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ 2061
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 2061
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Symptom TableΒ 2061
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 2062
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Symptom TableΒ 2062
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 2065
DescriptionΒ 2065
XENON HEADLAMPΒ Β 2065
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 2065
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS DO NOT SWITCH TO HIGH BEAMΒ Β 2066
DescriptionΒ 2066
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2066
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ONΒ 2067
DescriptionΒ 2067
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2067
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ONΒ Β 2068
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 2068
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ Β 2068
WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 2068
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMΒ Β 2068
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : DescriptionΒ Β 2068
WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 2068
PRECAUTIONΒ 2070
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2070
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2070
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2070
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp ServiceΒ 2070
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2070
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2071
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 2071
DescriptionΒ 2071
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTINGΒ 2071
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREWΒ Β 2071
Aiming Adjustment ProcedureΒ Β 2072
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2073
FRONT COMBINATION LAMPΒ Β 2073
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2073
REMOVALΒ 2073
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2073
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2074
REMOVALΒ 2074
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2074
ReplacementΒ 2074
HEADLAMP BULBΒ 2074
PARKING LAMP BULBΒ Β 2074
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULBΒ Β 2075
SIDE MARKER LAMPΒ 2075
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2075
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2075
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2075
Inspection After Installation (HID Control Unit)Β Β 2075
XENON HEADLAMP LIGHTING CHECKΒ Β 2075
OPTICAL SENSORΒ Β 2077
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2077
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2077
REMOVALΒ 2077
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2077
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCHΒ Β 2078
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2078
HAZARD SWITCHΒ Β 2079
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2079
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2079
REMOVALΒ 2079
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2079
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMPΒ 2080
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2080
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2080
REMOVALΒ 2080
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2080
ReplacementΒ 2080
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULBΒ Β 2080
REAR COMBINATION LAMPΒ 2081
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2081
REMOVALΒ 2081
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2081
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2081
REMOVALΒ 2081
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2082
Installation EPT sealerΒ Β 2082
ReplacementΒ 2082
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULBΒ Β 2082
BACK-UP LAMP BULBΒ Β 2082
STOP/TAIL LAMPΒ Β 2082
REAR SIDE MARKER LAMPΒ Β 2082
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMPΒ Β 2083
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2083
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2083
REMOVALΒ 2083
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2083
LICENSE PLATE LAMPΒ 2084
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2084
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2084
REMOVALΒ 2084
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2084
ReplacementΒ 2084
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULBΒ Β 2084
REAR FOG LAMPΒ Β 2086
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2086
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2086
REMOVALΒ 2086
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2086
ReplacementΒ 2086
REAR FOG LAMP BULBΒ Β 2086
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2088
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2088
Bulb SpecificationsΒ Β 2088
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
EXTΒ Β 2089
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2089
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2091
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2091
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2091
Work FlowΒ Β 2091
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 2091
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ 2091
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ 2092
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ Β 2092
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ 2092
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 2093
Inspection ProcedureΒ 2093
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ 2093
CENTER CONSOLEΒ Β 2093
DOORSΒ Β 2093
TRUNKΒ Β 2093
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 2094
SEATSΒ Β 2094
UNDERHOODΒ Β 2094
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ 2095
PRECAUTIONΒ 2097
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2097
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2097
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2097
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2097
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2097
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 2098
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2098
Precaution for WorkΒ Β 2098
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2099
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2099
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 2099
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 2099
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2100
FRONT BUMPERΒ 2100
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2100
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2101
REMOVALΒ 2101
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2102
REAR BUMPERΒ Β 2103
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2103
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2104
REMOVALΒ 2104
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2106
FRONT SPOILERΒ Β 2107
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2107
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2107
REMOVALΒ 2107
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2107
COWL TOPΒ Β 2109
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2109
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2109
REMOVALΒ 2109
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2111
FENDER PROTECTORΒ Β 2112
FENDER PROTECTORΒ Β 2112
FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2112
FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ 2112
REMOVALΒ Β 2112
INSTALLATIONΒ 2113
SILL COVERΒ Β 2114
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2114
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2114
REMOVALΒ 2114
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2115
FLOOR SIDE FAIRINGΒ 2116
ENGINE UNDER COVERΒ Β 2116
ENGINE UNDER COVER : Exploded ViewΒ 2116
ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2116
REMOVALΒ Β 2116
INSTALLATIONΒ 2116
FLOOR UNDER COVERΒ 2116
FLOOR UNDER COVER : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2117
FLOOR UNDER COVER : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2117
REMOVALΒ Β 2117
FLOOR UNDER COVER LHΒ 2117
FLOOR UNDER COVER RHΒ 2117
INSTALLATIONΒ 2117
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDINGΒ Β 2119
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2119
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2119
REMOVALΒ 2119
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2120
FRONT PILLAR FINISHERΒ 2121
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2121
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2122
REMOVALΒ 2122
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2123
REAR SPOILERΒ 2124
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2124
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2124
REMOVALΒ 2124
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2125
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2126
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2126
FRONT BUMPER WITH AERODYNAMIC SPLITTERΒ Β 2126
Paint and Adhesive TapeΒ 2126
PAINT COLORΒ Β 2126
REAR BUMPER WITH AERODYNAMIC DIFFUSERΒ Β 2127
Paint and Adhesive TapeΒ 2127
PAINT COLORΒ Β 2127
SIDE SILL EXTENSIONSΒ Β 2128
Paint and Adhesive TapeΒ 2128
PAINT COLORΒ Β 2128
REAR SPOILERΒ 2129
Paint and Adhesive TapeΒ 2129
PAINT COLORΒ Β 2129
DOOR FINISHERΒ Β 2130
Door FinisherΒ Β 2130
EMBLEMΒ 2131
nismo EMBLEMΒ Β 2131
BACK DOORΒ 2132
Back DoorΒ Β 2132
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2133
FRONT BUMPER ASSEMBLYΒ 2133
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2133
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2134
REMOVALΒ 2134
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2134
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2134
REMOVALΒ 2135
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2135
LICENSE PLATE BRACKETΒ 2136
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2136
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2136
REMOVALΒ 2136
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2136
REAR BUMPER WITH AERODYNAMIC DIFFUSERΒ Β 2137
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2137
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2138
REMOVALΒ 2138
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2138
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2139
REMOVALΒ 2139
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2139
SIDE SILL EXTENSIONSΒ Β 2141
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2141
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2141
REMOVALΒ 2141
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2141
FRONT UNDER COVERΒ Β 2142
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2142
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2142
REMOVALΒ 2142
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2142
REAR SPOILERΒ 2143
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2143
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2143
REMOVALΒ 2143
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2144
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2145
REMOVALΒ 2145
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2145
FAXΒ Β 2147
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2147
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 2148
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ 2148
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 2148
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2149
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2149
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2149
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2149
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 2149
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2149
PREPARATIONΒ 2151
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2151
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 2151
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 2152
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLEΒ Β 2152
InspectionΒ Β 2152
MOUNTING INSPECTIONΒ Β 2152
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTIONΒ Β 2152
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2153
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLEΒ Β 2153
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2153
Removal and InstallationΒ 2153
REMOVALΒ Β 2153
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2153
InspectionΒ Β 2154
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2154
Ball Joint InspectionΒ Β 2154
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2154
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2155
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2155
Wheel BearingΒ Β 2155
FLΒ Β 2156
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2156
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2157
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2157
General PrecautionsΒ Β 2157
PREPARATIONΒ 2158
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2158
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 2158
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 2159
FUEL SYSTEMΒ Β 2159
InspectionΒ Β 2159
Quick ConnectorΒ 2159
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2160
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLYΒ 2160
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2160
Removal and InstallationΒ 2160
REMOVALΒ Β 2160
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2162
InspectionΒ Β 2164
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2164
FUEL TANKΒ Β 2165
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2165
Removal and InstallationΒ 2165
REMOVALΒ Β 2165
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2166
InspectionΒ Β 2166
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2166
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ 2168
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLYΒ 2168
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2168
DisassemblyΒ Β 2168
AssemblyΒ Β 2168
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2170
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2170
Fuel TankΒ 2170
Standard and LimitΒ Β 2170
FSUΒ Β 2171
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2171
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2173
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2173
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 2173
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 2173
PRECAUTIONΒ 2174
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2174
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2174
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2174
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2174
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2174
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 2175
Precautions for SuspensionΒ 2175
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2176
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2176
Special Service ToolΒ 2176
Commercial Service ToolΒ 2176
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2177
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2177
InspectionΒ Β 2177
MOUNTING INSPECTIONΒ 2177
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAYΒ 2177
Shock absorberΒ Β 2177
WHEEL ALIGNMENTΒ 2178
InspectionΒ Β 2178
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2178
PRELIMINARY CHECKΒ Β 2178
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONSΒ Β 2178
ALIGNMENT PROCESSΒ Β 2178
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2179
FRONT COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBERΒ 2179
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2179
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2179
REMOVALΒ 2179
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2179
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2179
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2179
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2180
InspectionΒ Β 2182
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 2182
Shock absorberΒ Β 2182
Shock absorber Mounting Bracket and Rubber Parts InspectionΒ Β 2182
Coil SpringΒ Β 2182
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2182
DisposalΒ 2182
TRANSVERSE LINKΒ 2183
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2183
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2183
REMOVALΒ 2183
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2183
InspectionΒ Β 2183
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2183
AppearanceΒ Β 2183
Ball Joint InspectionΒ 2183
Swing Torque InspectionΒ Β 2183
Rotating Torque InspectionΒ Β 2184
Axial End Play InspectionΒ Β 2184
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2184
UPPER LINKΒ Β 2185
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2185
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2185
REMOVALΒ 2185
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2185
InspectionΒ Β 2185
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2185
AppearanceΒ Β 2185
Ball Joint InspectionΒ 2185
Swing Torque InspectionΒ Β 2185
Axial End Play InspectionΒ Β 2186
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2186
FRONT STABILIZERΒ Β 2187
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2187
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2187
REMOVALΒ 2187
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2187
InspectionΒ Β 2187
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2187
TOWER BARΒ 2188
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2188
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2188
REMOVALΒ 2188
INSTALLALLATIONΒ Β 2188
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2189
FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBERΒ Β 2189
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2189
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2189
REMOVALΒ 2189
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2189
InspectionΒ Β 2189
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2189
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2189
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2190
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2190
Wheel AlignmentΒ Β 2190
Ball JointΒ Β 2190
Wheelarch HeightΒ Β 2190
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2192
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2192
FRONT TOWER BAR ASSEMBLYΒ 2192
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2192
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2193
FRONT PERFORMANCE DAMPERΒ 2193
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2193
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2193
REMOVALΒ 2193
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2194
Front performance damper disposal methodΒ 2194
GIΒ Β 2195
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2195
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2197
HOW TO USE THIS MANUALΒ 2197
HOW TO USE THIS MANUALΒ Β 2197
DescriptionΒ 2197
TermsΒ 2197
UnitsΒ 2197
ContentsΒ 2197
Relation between Illustrations and DescriptionsΒ 2198
ComponentsΒ Β 2198
SYMBOLSΒ 2199
HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2200
DescriptionΒ 2200
How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble DiagnosisΒ Β 2200
Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or ProceduresΒ Β 2201
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMSΒ 2203
Connector SymbolsΒ 2203
Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-Β Β 2204
DescriptionΒ 2205
SWITCH POSITIONSΒ 2205
MULTIPLE SWITCHΒ Β 2206
ABBREVIATIONSΒ Β 2207
Abbreviation ListΒ 2207
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTSΒ Β 2208
DescriptionΒ 2208
Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)Β 2208
PREVIOUS STANDARDΒ Β 2208
NEW STANDARD BASED ON ISOΒ 2209
DISCRIMINATION OF BOLTS AND NUTSΒ Β 2210
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTSΒ 2211
Recommended Chemical Products and SealantsΒ Β 2211
TERMINOLOGYΒ Β 2212
SAE J1930 Terminology ListΒ 2212
VEHICLE INFORMATIONΒ 2216
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATIONΒ Β 2216
Model VariationΒ Β 2216
Information About Identification or Model CodeΒ Β 2216
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERΒ Β 2216
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENTΒ Β 2217
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERΒ Β 2217
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBERΒ Β 2217
MANUAL TRANSMISSION NUMBERΒ Β 2218
DimensionsΒ Β 2218
Wheels & TiresΒ 2218
PRECAUTIONΒ 2219
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2219
DescriptionΒ 2219
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2219
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2219
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp ServiceΒ 2219
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2220
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2220
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2220
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 2220
General PrecautionsΒ Β 2221
Three Way CatalystΒ Β 2222
Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control SystemΒ 2222
HosesΒ 2222
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2222
HOSE CLAMPINGΒ 2223
Engine OilsΒ 2223
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2223
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2224
Air ConditioningΒ Β 2224
Service notice or Precautions for Rear Propeller ShaftΒ Β 2224
FuelΒ Β 2224
LIFTING POINTΒ Β 2225
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 2225
Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole LiftΒ 2225
Board-On LiftΒ Β 2226
TOW TRUCK TOWINGΒ Β 2227
Tow Truck TowingΒ Β 2227
2WD MODELSΒ 2227
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)Β Β 2227
FRONTΒ Β 2227
REARΒ 2228
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONΒ 2228
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2229
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENTΒ Β 2229
Work FlowΒ Β 2229
WORK FLOWΒ Β 2229
Control Units and Electrical PartsΒ Β 2229
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2229
How to Check TerminalΒ Β 2230
CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KITΒ Β 2230
HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORSΒ Β 2231
Probing from Harness SideΒ Β 2231
Probing from Terminal SideΒ Β 2231
How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of TerminalΒ 2232
Waterproof Connector InspectionΒ Β 2233
Terminal Lock InspectionΒ 2233
Intermittent IncidentΒ Β 2233
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2233
VEHICLE VIBRATIONΒ Β 2234
Connector & HarnessΒ Β 2234
HintΒ Β 2234
Sensor & RelayΒ Β 2234
Engine CompartmentΒ 2234
Behind the Instrument PanelΒ 2234
Under Seating AreasΒ Β 2234
HEAT SENSITIVEΒ Β 2235
FREEZINGΒ Β 2235
WATER INTRUSIONΒ Β 2235
ELECTRICAL LOADΒ Β 2235
COLD OR HOT START UPΒ Β 2235
Circuit InspectionΒ Β 2236
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2236
TESTING FOR βOPENSβ IN THE CIRCUITΒ 2236
Continuity Check MethodΒ Β 2236
Voltage Check MethodΒ Β 2236
TESTING FOR βSHORTSβ IN THE CIRCUITΒ Β 2237
Resistance Check MethodΒ Β 2237
Voltage Check MethodΒ Β 2237
GROUND INSPECTIONΒ Β 2237
VOLTAGE DROP TESTSΒ Β 2238
Measuring Voltage Drop – Accumulated MethodΒ Β 2238
Measuring Voltage Drop – Step-by-StepΒ Β 2239
CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TESTΒ 2239
CASE 1Β 2239
CASE 2Β 2240
CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEMΒ Β 2241
DescriptionΒ 2241
CONSULT-III Function and System Application*1Β Β 2241
CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) CircuitΒ Β 2241
INSPECTION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2241
Wiring Diagram – CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM –Β 2243
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 2246
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALΒ Β 2246
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection 2246
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2247
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2247
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATIONΒ Β 2247
Model VariationΒ Β 2247
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSΒ Β 2248
Dimensions and WeightsΒ Β 2248
PRECAUTIONΒ 2249
LIFTING POINTΒ Β 2249
Lifting PointΒ Β 2249
TOW TRUCK TOWINGΒ Β 2250
Tow Truck TowingΒ Β 2250
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)Β Β 2250
BACK DOORΒ 2252
Opening and Closing Back DoorΒ 2252
GWΒ Β 2253
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2253
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 2254
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2254
Work FlowΒ 2254
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 2254
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ Β 2254
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ Β 2255
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ 2255
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ Β 2255
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 2256
Inspection ProcedureΒ Β 2256
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ Β 2256
CENTER CONSOLEΒ 2256
DOORSΒ 2256
TRUNKΒ 2256
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 2257
SEATSΒ 2257
UNDERHOODΒ Β 2257
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ Β 2258
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2260
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2260
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2260
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2260
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 2260
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2260
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 2261
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 2261
Handling for Adhesive and PrimerΒ Β 2261
PREPARATIONΒ 2262
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2262
Special Service ToolsΒ 2262
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 2262
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2263
WINDSHIELD GLASSΒ 2263
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2263
Removal and InstallationΒ 2264
REMOVALΒ Β 2264
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2264
InspectionΒ Β 2265
REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR WINDSHIELD GLASSΒ 2265
SIDE WINDOW GLASSΒ Β 2266
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2266
Removal and InstallationΒ 2267
REMOVALΒ Β 2267
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2267
InspectionΒ Β 2267
REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR SIDE WINDOW GLASSΒ Β 2267
BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASSΒ 2268
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2268
Removal and InstallationΒ 2269
REMOVALΒ Β 2269
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2269
InspectionΒ Β 2269
REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASSΒ 2269
DOOR GLASSΒ 2270
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2270
Removal and InstallationΒ 2270
REMOVALΒ Β 2270
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2271
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 2271
SYSTEM INITIALIZATIONΒ Β 2271
InitializationΒ Β 2271
INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEMΒ Β 2271
FITTING INSPECTIONΒ Β 2271
DOOR REGULATORΒ Β 2273
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2273
Removal and InstallationΒ 2273
REMOVALΒ Β 2273
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2274
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ 2274
DISASSEMBLYΒ 2274
ASSEMBLYΒ 2274
Inspection After RemovalΒ 2274
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 2274
SYSTEM INITIALIZATIONΒ Β 2274
InitializationΒ Β 2274
INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEMΒ Β 2275
FITTING INSPECTIONΒ Β 2275
HAΒ Β 2276
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2276
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 2278
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 2278
Work FlowΒ 2278
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 2278
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 2278
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2280
REFRIGERATION SYSTEMΒ Β 2280
System DiagramΒ Β 2280
System DescriptionΒ 2280
REFRIGERANT CYCLEΒ 2280
Refrigerant FlowΒ 2280
Freeze ProtectionΒ Β 2280
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTIONΒ 2280
Refrigerant Pressure SensorΒ Β 2280
Pressure Relief ValveΒ Β 2280
Component Parts LocationΒ 2281
Component DescriptionΒ 2281
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 2282
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 2282
Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual PressureΒ Β 2282
Symptom TableΒ Β 2282
NOISEΒ Β 2284
Symptom TableΒ Β 2284
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2285
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2285
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2285
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2285
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 2285
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2285
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 2286
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 2286
Precautions For Refrigerant System ServiceΒ 2286
GENERAL REFRIGERANT PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2286
WORKING WITH HFC-134a (R-134a)Β Β 2286
CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANTΒ Β 2287
REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONΒ Β 2287
COMPRESSORΒ Β 2288
LEAK DETECTION DYEΒ Β 2288
PREPARATIONΒ 2290
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2290
Special Service ToolΒ Β 2290
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 2293
Sealant or/and LubricantΒ 2293
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 2294
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2294
Service EquipmentΒ Β 2294
RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENTΒ Β 2294
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTORΒ Β 2294
VACUUM PUMPΒ 2294
MANIFOLD GAUGE SETΒ Β 2294
SERVICE HOSESΒ Β 2294
SERVICE COUPLERSΒ Β 2295
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALEΒ Β 2295
CHARGING CYLINDERΒ 2295
ONE-TOUCH JOINTΒ Β 2296
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2296
Removal and InstallationΒ 2296
REMOVALΒ Β 2296
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2297
REFRIGERANTΒ Β 2298
DescriptionΒ Β 2298
CONNECTION OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTΒ 2298
Leak TestΒ 2298
CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTION DYEΒ 2298
CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTORΒ 2299
Recycle RefrigerantΒ Β 2300
Charge RefrigerantΒ 2300
LUBRICANTΒ Β 2302
DescriptionΒ Β 2302
MAINTENANCE OF LUBRICANT LEVELΒ Β 2302
InspectionΒ Β 2302
Perform Lubricant Return OperationΒ Β 2302
Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except CompressorΒ Β 2302
Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor ReplacementΒ Β 2303
AdjustmentΒ Β 2304
PERFORMANCE TESTΒ 2306
InspectionΒ Β 2306
INSPECTION PROCEDUREΒ 2306
RECIRCULATING-TO-DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE TABLEΒ Β 2306
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE-TO-OPERATING PRESSURE TABLEΒ Β 2306
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2307
COMPRESSORΒ 2307
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2307
Removal and InstallationΒ 2307
REMOVALΒ Β 2307
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2308
InspectionΒ Β 2308
CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCEΒ Β 2308
COOLER PIPE AND HOSEΒ Β 2309
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2309
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSEΒ 2309
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2309
REMOVALΒ 2309
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2310
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSEΒ Β 2310
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and InstallationΒ 2310
REMOVALΒ 2310
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2311
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPEΒ 2311
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2311
REMOVALΒ 2311
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2312
LOW-PRESSURE PIPEΒ Β 2312
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE : Removal and InstallationΒ 2312
REMOVALΒ 2312
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2313
CONDENSERΒ Β 2314
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2314
CONDENSERΒ 2314
CONDENSER : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2314
REMOVALΒ 2314
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2314
CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2314
CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY : Removal and InstallationΒ 2315
REMOVALΒ 2315
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2315
LIQUID TANKΒ Β 2316
LIQUID TANK : Removal and InstallationΒ 2316
REMOVALΒ 2316
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2316
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSORΒ 2316
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2316
REMOVALΒ 2316
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2316
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2318
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2318
REMOVALΒ Β 2318
DISASSEMBLYΒ 2318
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLYΒ 2319
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY :Β 2320
REMOVALΒ 2320
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2321
HEATER COREΒ Β 2322
HEATER CORE : Removal and InstallationΒ 2322
REMOVALΒ 2322
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2322
EVAPORATORΒ 2323
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2323
Removal and InstallationΒ 2323
REMOVALΒ Β 2323
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2325
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2326
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2326
CompressorΒ Β 2326
LubricantΒ 2326
RefrigerantΒ Β 2326
Engine Idling SpeedΒ Β 2326
Belt TensionΒ 2326
HACΒ Β 2327
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2327
WITHOUT 7 INCH DISPLAYΒ Β 2331
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2331
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ 2331
Work FlowΒ Β 2331
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 2331
DETAILED FLOWΒ 2331
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 2333
Description & InspectionΒ Β 2333
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2333
Temperature Setting TrimmerΒ Β 2334
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2334
HOW TO SETΒ 2334
Foot Position Setting TrimmerΒ 2334
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2334
HOW TO SETΒ 2335
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE)Β 2335
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2335
HOW TO SETΒ 2335
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC)Β 2335
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2335
HOW TO SETΒ 2335
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2337
COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTIONΒ 2337
DescriptionΒ 2337
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONΒ 2337
Functional circuit diagramΒ Β 2337
Functional initial inspection chartΒ Β 2337
Fail-safeΒ Β 2338
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONΒ Β 2338
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2338
Component DescriptionΒ Β 2339
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMΒ Β 2340
System DiagramΒ 2340
System DescriptionΒ Β 2340
OUTLINEΒ 2340
OPERATIONΒ Β 2341
Controller (A/C Control)Β 2341
Switch OperationΒ Β 2341
AIR OUTLET CONTROLΒ Β 2342
TEMPERATURE CONTROLΒ 2342
AIR INLET FUNCTIONΒ Β 2342
AIR FLOW CONTROLΒ 2343
DescriptionΒ Β 2343
Automatic Air Flow ControlΒ Β 2343
Starting Fan Speed ControlΒ Β 2343
Low Coolant Temperature Starting ControlΒ Β 2343
High In-vehicle Temperature Starting ControlΒ Β 2344
Fan speed Control at Door Motor OperationΒ Β 2344
Fan speed Control at Voice RecognitionΒ Β 2344
COMPRESSOR CONTROLΒ Β 2344
DescriptionΒ Β 2344
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure MalfunctionΒ Β 2344
Compressor Oil Circulation ControlΒ Β 2344
Low Temperature Protection ControlΒ Β 2344
Operating Rate ControlΒ Β 2344
Air Conditioner Cut ControlΒ 2345
DOOR MOTOR CONTROLΒ Β 2345
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLΒ Β 2345
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONSΒ Β 2345
AIR DISTRIBUTIONΒ 2347
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2348
Component DescriptionΒ Β 2348
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (HVAC)Β Β 2350
CONSULT-III FunctionΒ 2350
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTSΒ 2350
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2350
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2350
Check each output deviceΒ 2350
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 2351
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2352
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 2352
DescriptionΒ 2352
DTC LogicΒ Β 2352
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2352
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2352
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β 2353
DescriptionΒ 2353
DTC LogicΒ Β 2353
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2353
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2353
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSORΒ 2354
DescriptionΒ 2354
AMBIENT SENSORΒ Β 2354
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2354
SET TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2354
DTC LogicΒ Β 2354
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2354
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2354
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2355
Component InspectionΒ 2356
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ 2357
DescriptionΒ 2357
IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ Β 2357
ASPIRATORΒ Β 2357
INTERIOR AIR TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2357
DTC LogicΒ Β 2357
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2357
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2358
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2358
Component InspectionΒ 2359
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSORΒ Β 2360
DescriptionΒ 2360
INTAKE SENSORΒ 2360
INTAKE TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2360
DTC LogicΒ Β 2360
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2360
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2360
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2360
Component InspectionΒ 2361
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSORΒ 2363
DescriptionΒ 2363
SUNLOAD SENSORΒ Β 2363
SUNLOAD AMOUNT CORRECTIONΒ 2363
DTC LogicΒ Β 2363
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2363
DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2363
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2363
Component InspectionΒ 2364
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBRΒ Β 2366
DescriptionΒ 2366
AIR MIX DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2366
DTC LogicΒ Β 2366
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2366
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2366
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2367
B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655 MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2368
DescriptionΒ 2368
MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2368
DTC LogicΒ Β 2368
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2368
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2368
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2369
B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2370
DescriptionΒ 2370
INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2370
DTC LogicΒ Β 2370
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2370
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2370
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2371
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 2372
A/C AUTO AMPΒ Β 2372
A/C AUTO AMPΒ : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2372
A/C CONTROLΒ 2372
A/C CONTROL : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2372
DOOR MOTOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2374
DescriptionΒ 2374
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2374
A/C CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 2376
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2376
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2377
DescriptionΒ 2377
A/C AUTO AMPΒ (AIR CONDITIONER AUTOMATIC AMPLIFIER)Β Β 2377
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2377
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2377
BLOWER MOTORΒ 2378
DescriptionΒ 2378
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2378
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2378
Component InspectionΒ 2380
MAGNET CLUTCHΒ Β 2382
DescriptionΒ 2382
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2382
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2382
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)Β 2384
DescriptionΒ 2384
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2384
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 2386
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2386
Reference ValueΒ Β 2386
CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUESΒ Β 2386
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2386
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2386
Wiring Diagram – AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 2389
Fail-safeΒ Β 2395
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONΒ Β 2395
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 2396
DTC IndexΒ Β 2396
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2398
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMΒ Β 2398
Diagnosis Chart By SymptomΒ 2398
INSUFFICIENT COOLINGΒ Β 2399
DescriptionΒ 2399
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2399
INSUFFICIENT HEATINGΒ Β 2401
DescriptionΒ 2401
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2401
NOISEΒ Β 2404
DescriptionΒ 2404
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2404
PRECAUTIONΒ 2406
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2406
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2406
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2406
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2406
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2406
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2407
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2408
A/C CONTROLΒ Β 2408
BASE AUDIOΒ Β 2408
BASE AUDIO : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2408
BASE AUDIO : Removal and InstallationΒ 2408
REMOVALΒ Β 2408
INSTALLATIONΒ 2408
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ 2408
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2409
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Removal and Installation 2409
REMOVALΒ Β 2409
INSTALLATIONΒ 2409
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2410
BASE AUDIOΒ Β 2410
BASE AUDIO : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2410
BASE AUDIO : Removal and InstallationΒ 2410
REMOVALΒ Β 2410
INSTALLATIONΒ 2410
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATIONΒ 2410
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2411
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION : Removal and Installation 2411
REMOVALΒ Β 2411
INSTALLATIONΒ 2411
AMBIENT SENSORΒ Β 2412
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2412
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2412
REMOVALΒ 2412
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2412
IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ Β 2413
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2413
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2413
REMOVALΒ 2413
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2413
SUNLOAD SENSORΒ Β 2414
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2414
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2414
REMOVALΒ 2414
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2414
INTAKE SENSORΒ Β 2415
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2415
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2415
REMOVALΒ 2415
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2415
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSORΒ 2417
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2417
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2417
REMOVALΒ 2417
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2417
DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2418
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2418
INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ 2418
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2418
REMOVALΒ Β 2418
INSTALLATIONΒ 2418
MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2419
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2419
REMOVALΒ Β 2419
INSTALLATIONΒ 2419
AIR MIX DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2419
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2419
REMOVALΒ Β 2419
INSTALLATIONΒ 2419
WITH 7 INCH DISPLAYΒ Β 2420
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2420
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ 2420
Work FlowΒ Β 2420
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 2420
DETAILED FLOWΒ 2420
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 2422
Description & InspectionΒ Β 2422
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2422
Temperature Setting TrimmerΒ Β 2423
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2423
HOW TO SETΒ 2423
Foot Position Setting TrimmerΒ 2424
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2424
HOW TO SETΒ 2424
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE)Β 2424
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2424
HOW TO SETΒ 2424
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC)Β 2425
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2425
HOW TO SETΒ 2425
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2426
COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTIONΒ 2426
DescriptionΒ 2426
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONΒ 2426
Functional circuit diagramΒ Β 2426
Functional initial inspection chartΒ Β 2426
Fail-safeΒ Β 2426
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONΒ Β 2426
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2427
Component DescriptionΒ Β 2428
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMΒ Β 2429
System DiagramΒ 2429
System DescriptionΒ Β 2429
OUTLINEΒ 2429
OPERATION AND DISPLAYΒ Β 2430
A/C DisplayΒ Β 2430
Controller (Preset Switch)Β Β 2430
Switch OperationΒ Β 2430
AIR OUTLET CONTROLΒ Β 2432
TEMPERATURE CONTROLΒ 2432
AIR INLET FUNCTIONΒ Β 2432
AIR FLOW CONTROLΒ 2432
DescriptionΒ Β 2432
Automatic Air Flow ControlΒ Β 2433
Starting Fan Speed ControlΒ Β 2433
Low Coolant Temperature Starting ControlΒ Β 2433
High In-vehicle Temperature Starting ControlΒ Β 2433
Fan speed Control at Door Motor OperationΒ Β 2433
Fan speed Control at Voice RecognitionΒ Β 2433
COMPRESSOR CONTROLΒ Β 2433
DescriptionΒ Β 2433
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure MalfunctionΒ Β 2434
Compressor Oil Circulation ControlΒ Β 2434
Low Temperature Protection ControlΒ Β 2434
Operating Rate ControlΒ Β 2434
Air Conditioner Cut ControlΒ 2434
DOOR MOTOR CONTROLΒ Β 2434
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLΒ Β 2434
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONSΒ Β 2435
AIR DISTRIBUTIONΒ 2437
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2438
Component DescriptionΒ Β 2438
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (HVAC)Β Β 2440
CONSULT-III FunctionΒ 2440
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTSΒ 2440
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2440
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2440
Check each output deviceΒ 2440
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 2441
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2442
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 2442
DescriptionΒ 2442
DTC LogicΒ Β 2442
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2442
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2442
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β 2443
DescriptionΒ 2443
DTC LogicΒ Β 2443
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2443
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2443
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSORΒ 2444
DescriptionΒ 2444
AMBIENT SENSORΒ Β 2444
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2444
SET TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2444
DTC LogicΒ Β 2444
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2444
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2444
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2445
Component InspectionΒ 2446
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ 2447
DescriptionΒ 2447
IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ Β 2447
ASPIRATORΒ Β 2447
INTERIOR AIR TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2447
DTC LogicΒ Β 2447
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2447
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2448
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2448
Component InspectionΒ 2449
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSORΒ Β 2450
DescriptionΒ 2450
INTAKE SENSORΒ 2450
INTAKE TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONΒ Β 2450
DTC LogicΒ Β 2450
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2450
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2450
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2450
Component InspectionΒ 2451
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSORΒ 2453
DescriptionΒ 2453
SUNLOAD SENSORΒ Β 2453
SUNLOAD AMOUNT CORRECTIONΒ 2453
DTC LogicΒ Β 2453
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2453
DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2453
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2453
Component InspectionΒ 2454
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBRΒ Β 2456
DescriptionΒ 2456
AIR MIX DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2456
DTC LogicΒ Β 2456
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2456
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2456
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2457
B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655 MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2458
DescriptionΒ 2458
MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2458
DTC LogicΒ Β 2458
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2458
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2458
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2459
B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2460
DescriptionΒ 2460
INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2460
DTC LogicΒ Β 2460
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2460
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2460
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2461
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 2462
A/C AUTO AMPΒ Β 2462
A/C AUTO AMPΒ : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2462
DOOR MOTOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2463
DescriptionΒ 2463
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2463
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2465
DescriptionΒ 2465
A/C AUTO AMPΒ (AIR CONDITIONER AUTOMATIC AMPLIFIER)Β Β 2465
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2465
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2465
BLOWER MOTORΒ 2466
DescriptionΒ 2466
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2466
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2466
Component InspectionΒ 2468
MAGNET CLUTCHΒ Β 2470
DescriptionΒ 2470
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2470
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2470
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)Β 2472
DescriptionΒ 2472
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2472
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 2474
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2474
Reference ValueΒ Β 2474
CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUESΒ Β 2474
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2474
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2474
Wiring Diagram – AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 2477
Fail-safeΒ Β 2483
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONΒ Β 2483
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 2484
DTC IndexΒ Β 2484
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2486
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMΒ Β 2486
Diagnosis Chart By SymptomΒ 2486
INSUFFICIENT COOLINGΒ Β 2487
DescriptionΒ 2487
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2487
INSUFFICIENT HEATINGΒ Β 2489
DescriptionΒ 2489
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2489
NOISEΒ Β 2492
DescriptionΒ 2492
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2492
MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 2494
DescriptionΒ 2494
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2494
PRECAUTIONΒ 2495
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2495
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2495
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2495
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2495
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2495
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2496
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2497
PRESET SWITCHΒ Β 2497
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2497
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2497
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2497
REMOVALΒ 2497
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2497
A/C AUTO AMPΒ 2498
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2498
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2498
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2498
REMOVALΒ 2498
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2498
AMBIENT SENSORΒ Β 2499
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2499
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2499
REMOVALΒ 2499
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2499
IN-VEHICLE SENSORΒ Β 2500
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2500
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2500
REMOVALΒ 2500
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2500
SUNLOAD SENSORΒ Β 2501
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2501
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2501
REMOVALΒ 2501
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2501
INTAKE SENSORΒ Β 2502
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2502
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2502
REMOVALΒ 2502
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2502
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSORΒ 2504
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2504
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2504
REMOVALΒ 2504
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2504
DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2505
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2505
INTAKE DOOR MOTORΒ 2505
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2505
REMOVALΒ Β 2505
INSTALLATIONΒ 2505
MODE DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2506
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2506
REMOVALΒ Β 2506
INSTALLATIONΒ 2506
AIR MIX DOOR MOTORΒ Β 2506
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2506
REMOVALΒ Β 2506
INSTALLATIONΒ 2506
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
HRNΒ Β 2507
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2507
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2508
HORNΒ 2508
Wiring Diagram – HORN –Β Β 2508
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2511
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2511
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2511
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2511
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 2511
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2512
HORNΒ 2512
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2512
Removal and InstallationΒ 2512
REMOVALΒ Β 2512
Horn (LOW)Β 2512
Horn (HIGH)Β Β 2512
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2512
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
INLΒ Β 2513
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2513
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 2515
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 2515
Work FlowΒ 2515
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 2515
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 2515
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2517
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2517
System DiagramΒ Β 2517
System DescriptionΒ 2517
OUTLINEΒ Β 2517
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROLΒ 2517
Interior Room Lamp Timer Basic OperationΒ 2517
Interior Room Lamp ON OperationΒ 2518
Interior Room Lamp OFF OperationΒ Β 2518
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP CONTROLΒ Β 2518
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CONTROLΒ Β 2518
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination Basic Operation 2518
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination ON Operation 2518
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination OFF OperationΒ Β 2518
Component Parts LocationΒ 2519
Component DescriptionΒ 2519
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMΒ Β 2520
System DiagramΒ Β 2520
System DescriptionΒ 2520
OUTLINEΒ Β 2520
Applicable lampsΒ 2520
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTIONΒ 2520
Component Parts LocationΒ 2521
Component DescriptionΒ 2521
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2522
System DiagramΒ Β 2522
System DescriptionΒ 2522
OUTLINEΒ Β 2522
ILLUMINATION CONTROLΒ 2522
Component Parts LocationΒ 2523
Component DescriptionΒ 2523
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β 2524
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 2524
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 2524
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 2524
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 2524
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 2524
INT LAMPΒ Β 2525
INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INT LAMP)Β Β 2526
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 2526
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2526
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2527
BATTERY SAVERΒ Β 2527
BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – BATTERY SAVER)Β Β 2527
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 2527
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2528
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2529
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2530
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 2530
BCMΒ 2530
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2530
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITΒ Β 2531
DescriptionΒ Β 2531
Component Function CheckΒ 2531
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2531
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUITΒ 2533
DescriptionΒ Β 2533
Component Function CheckΒ 2533
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2533
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP CIRCUITΒ 2535
DescriptionΒ Β 2535
Component Function CheckΒ 2535
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2535
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2537
DescriptionΒ Β 2537
Component Function CheckΒ 2537
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2537
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2539
Wiring Diagram – INTERIOR ROOM LAMP –Β Β 2539
ILLUMINATIONΒ Β 2545
Wiring Diagram – ILLUMINATION –Β Β 2545
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 2554
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 2554
Reference ValueΒ 2554
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 2554
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2559
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2559
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 2577
Fail-safeΒ 2582
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 2582
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 2584
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ 2584
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 2585
DTC IndexΒ 2586
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2589
Reference ValueΒ 2589
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 2589
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2592
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2592
Wiring Diagram – METER –Β 2596
Fail-SafeΒ 2603
FAIL-SAFEΒ Β 2603
DTC IndexΒ 2604
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 2605
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 2605
Symptom TableΒ Β 2605
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2606
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2606
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2606
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2606
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 2606
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2607
MAP LAMPΒ Β 2607
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2607
Removal and InstallationΒ 2607
ReplacementΒ Β 2607
MAP LAMP BULBΒ Β 2607
VANITY MIRROR LAMPΒ Β 2608
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2608
ReplacementΒ Β 2608
VANITY MIRROR LAMP BULBΒ 2608
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMPΒ Β 2609
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2609
Removal and InstallationΒ 2609
REMOVALΒ Β 2609
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2609
ReplacementΒ Β 2609
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULBΒ Β 2609
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2610
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2610
Bulb SpecificationsΒ Β 2610
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
INTΒ Β 2611
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2611
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2612
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2612
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2612
Work FlowΒ Β 2612
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 2612
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ 2612
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ 2613
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ Β 2613
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ 2613
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 2614
Inspection ProcedureΒ 2614
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ 2614
CENTER CONSOLEΒ Β 2614
DOORSΒ Β 2614
TRUNKΒ Β 2614
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 2615
SEATSΒ Β 2615
UNDERHOODΒ Β 2615
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ 2616
PRECAUTIONΒ 2618
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2618
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2618
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2618
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2618
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2618
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2619
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 2619
Precaution for WorkΒ Β 2619
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2620
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2620
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 2620
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 2620
CLIP LISTΒ 2621
Clip ListΒ Β 2621
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2622
DOOR FINISHERΒ Β 2622
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2622
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2622
REMOVALΒ 2622
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2624
BODY SIDE TRIMΒ Β 2625
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2625
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2625
REMOVALΒ 2625
FRONT PILLAR GARNISHΒ Β 2625
KICKING PLATE INNERΒ Β 2626
DASH SIDE FINISHERΒ 2626
KICKING PLATE OUTERΒ Β 2626
BODY SIDE WELTΒ Β 2626
REAR SIDE FINISHERΒ 2627
REAR PILLAR FINISHERΒ Β 2627
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2627
REAR TRIMΒ 2628
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2628
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2629
REMOVALΒ 2629
REAR PARCEL SHELF SIDE FINISHERΒ Β 2629
REAR PARCEL SHELF COVERΒ Β 2629
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER HOLDERΒ 2629
SEATBACK CENTER FINISHERΒ 2629
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHERΒ Β 2629
REAR PARCEL SHELF BRACKETΒ Β 2630
BACK PANEL FINISHER ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2630
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2630
FLOOR TRIMΒ Β 2631
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2631
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2631
REMOVALΒ 2631
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2632
HEADLININGΒ Β 2633
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2633
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2633
REMOVALΒ 2633
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2635
LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIMΒ 2636
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2636
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2637
REMOVALΒ 2637
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2637
BACK DOOR TRIMΒ Β 2638
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2638
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2638
REMOVALΒ 2638
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2639
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2640
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2640
REAR TRIMΒ 2640
Serialized Authenticity PlateΒ 2640
IPΒ Β 2641
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2641
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2642
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2642
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2642
Work FlowΒ Β 2642
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 2642
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ 2642
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ 2643
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ Β 2643
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ 2643
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 2644
Inspection ProcedureΒ 2644
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ 2644
CENTER CONSOLEΒ Β 2644
DOORSΒ Β 2644
TRUNKΒ Β 2644
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 2645
SEATSΒ Β 2645
UNDERHOODΒ Β 2645
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ 2646
PRECAUTIONΒ 2648
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2648
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2648
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2648
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 2648
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2648
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2649
PrecautionΒ Β 2649
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2650
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2650
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 2650
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 2650
CLIP LISTΒ 2651
Clip ListΒ Β 2651
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2652
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2652
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2652
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2653
WORK STEPΒ Β 2653
REMOVALΒ 2654
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2662
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2663
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2663
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2664
REMOVALΒ 2664
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2666
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2666
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2666
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2667
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2668
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2668
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2668
Center Console AssemblyΒ 2668
LANΒ Β 2669
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2669
CAN FUNDAMENTALΒ Β 2672
PRECAUTIONΒ 2672
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2672
Precautions for Trouble DiagnosisΒ Β 2672
Precautions for Harness RepairΒ Β 2672
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2673
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMΒ 2673
System DescriptionΒ Β 2673
System DiagramΒ 2673
CAN Communication Control CircuitΒ Β 2674
DIAG ON CANΒ Β 2675
DescriptionΒ 2675
System DiagramΒ 2675
TROUBLE DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2676
Condition of Error DetectionΒ Β 2676
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERRORΒ Β 2676
WHEN βU1000β OR βU1001β IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL 2676
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication SystemΒ 2676
ERROR EXAMPLEΒ 2676
Example: TCM branch line open circuitΒ Β 2676
Example: Data link connector branch line open circuitΒ Β 2677
Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit 2678
Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short CircuitΒ Β 2678
CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-IIIΒ Β 2679
Self-DiagnosisΒ 2679
CAN Diagnostic Support MonitorΒ Β 2679
MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)Β Β 2679
Without PASTΒ 2680
With PASTΒ 2680
MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)Β Β 2680
How to Use CAN Communication Signal ChartΒ 2681
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2682
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 2682
Trouble Diagnosis Flow ChartΒ Β 2682
Trouble Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2682
INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMERΒ Β 2682
INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITIONΒ 2683
CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART)Β 2683
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A)Β 2683
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B)Β 2684
CREATE INTERVIEW SHEETΒ 2685
Interview Sheet (Example)Β Β 2686
DETECT THE ROOT CAUSEΒ Β 2686
CANΒ Β 2687
HOW TO USE THIS MANUALΒ 2687
HOW TO USE THIS SECTIONΒ Β 2687
CautionΒ Β 2687
Abbreviation ListΒ 2687
PRECAUTIONΒ 2688
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2688
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2688
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2688
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2688
Precautions for Trouble DiagnosisΒ Β 2688
Precautions for Harness RepairΒ Β 2689
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2690
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 2690
Interview SheetΒ Β 2690
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2691
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMΒ 2691
CAN System Specification ChartΒ Β 2691
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATIONΒ Β 2691
CAN Communication Signal ChartΒ Β 2691
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2695
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMΒ 2695
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2695
Wiring Diagram – CAN SYSTEM –Β 2696
MALFUNCTION AREA CHARTΒ Β 2699
Main LineΒ Β 2699
Branch LineΒ 2699
Short CircuitΒ Β 2699
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ABS CIRCUITΒ Β 2700
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2700
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2701
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2701
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2702
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2702
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2703
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2703
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2704
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2704
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2705
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2705
HVAC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2706
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2706
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2707
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2707
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2708
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2708
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2709
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2709
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2710
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2710
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2711
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2711
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2712
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2712
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)Β Β 2714
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2714
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ABS CIRCUITΒ Β 2714
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2714
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2715
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2715
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2716
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2716
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2717
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2717
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2718
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2718
HVAC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2719
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2719
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2720
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2720
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2721
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2721
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2722
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2722
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2723
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2723
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2724
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2724
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)Β Β 2726
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2726
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ABS CIRCUITΒ Β 2726
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2726
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2727
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2727
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2728
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2728
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2729
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2729
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2730
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2730
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2731
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2731
HVAC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2732
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2732
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2733
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2733
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2734
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2734
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2735
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2735
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2736
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2736
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2737
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2737
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)Β Β 2739
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2739
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ABS CIRCUITΒ Β 2739
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2739
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2740
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2740
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2741
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2741
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2742
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2742
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2743
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2743
HVAC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2744
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2744
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2745
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2745
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2746
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2746
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2747
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2747
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2748
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2748
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2749
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2749
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2750
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2750
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)Β Β 2752
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2752
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ABS CIRCUITΒ Β 2752
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2752
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2753
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2753
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2754
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2754
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2755
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2755
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2756
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2756
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2757
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2757
HVAC BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2758
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2758
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2759
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2759
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ 2760
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2760
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2761
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2761
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2762
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2762
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUITΒ Β 2763
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2763
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITΒ Β 2764
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2764
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
LUΒ Β 2766
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2766
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2767
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2767
Engine Lubrication SystemΒ Β 2767
Engine Lubrication System SchematicΒ Β 2767
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2768
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2768
Liquid GasketΒ Β 2768
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDUREΒ 2768
PREPARATIONΒ 2769
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2769
Special Service ToolsΒ 2769
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 2769
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 2771
ENGINE OILΒ 2771
InspectionΒ Β 2771
ENGINE OIL LEVELΒ Β 2771
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCEΒ Β 2771
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 2771
OIL PRESSURE CHECKΒ Β 2771
DrainingΒ Β 2772
RefillingΒ 2773
OIL FILTERΒ 2774
Removal and InstallationΒ 2774
REMOVALΒ Β 2774
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2774
InspectionΒ Β 2774
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2774
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2775
OIL PUMPΒ Β 2775
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2775
Removal and InstallationΒ 2775
REMOVALΒ Β 2775
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2775
InspectionΒ Β 2775
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2775
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ 2776
OIL PUMPΒ Β 2776
DisassemblyΒ Β 2776
AssemblyΒ Β 2776
InspectionΒ Β 2776
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2776
Oil Pump ClearanceΒ Β 2776
Regulator Valve ClearanceΒ 2777
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2778
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2778
Periodical Maintenance SpecificationΒ 2778
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Β Β 2778
Engine Oil PressureΒ Β 2778
Oil PumpΒ Β 2778
Regulator ValveΒ 2778
MAΒ Β 2779
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2779
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2781
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2781
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2781
FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ 2781
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Special Service ToolΒ 2781
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Commercial Service ToolΒ 2781
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ Β 2781
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : Special Service ToolΒ Β 2781
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 2781
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2783
GENERAL MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2783
FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ 2783
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Explanation of General MaintenanceΒ Β 2783
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLEΒ Β 2783
INSIDE THE VEHICLEΒ 2783
UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLEΒ Β 2784
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ Β 2784
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : General MaintenanceΒ 2785
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLEΒ Β 2785
INSIDE THE VEHICLEΒ 2785
UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLEΒ Β 2785
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2786
FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ 2786
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Introduction of Periodic Maintenance 2786
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Schedule 1Β Β 2786
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2786
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2787
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Schedule 2Β Β 2788
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2788
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2788
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ Β 2789
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : Periodic MaintenanceΒ Β 2789
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCEΒ 2789
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2790
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSΒ Β 2791
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTSΒ 2792
FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ 2792
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Fluids and LubricantsΒ Β 2792
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Engine Oil RecommendationΒ Β 2792
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio 2793
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ Β 2793
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : Fluids and LubricantsΒ Β 2793
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : SAE Viscosity NumberΒ Β 2794
GASOLINE ENGINEΒ 2794
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILΒ 2794
EXCEPT FOR NORTH AMERICA : Engine Coolant Mixture RatioΒ 2795
ENGINE MAINTENANCEΒ 2796
DRIVE BELTΒ Β 2796
DRIVE BELT : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2796
DRIVE BELT : CheckingΒ Β 2796
DRIVE BELT : Tension AdjustmentΒ 2796
ENGINE COOLANTΒ 2796
ENGINE COOLANT : InspectionΒ Β 2796
LEVELΒ Β 2796
LEAKAGEΒ Β 2797
ENGINE COOLANT : DrainingΒ 2797
ENGINE COOLANT : RefillingΒ Β 2797
ENGINE COOLANT : FlushingΒ 2799
RADIATOR CAPΒ Β 2799
RADIATOR CAP : InspectionΒ 2800
RADIATORΒ 2800
RADIATOR : InspectionΒ Β 2800
FUEL LINESΒ Β 2801
FUEL LINES : InspectionΒ Β 2801
AIR CLEANER FILTERΒ Β 2801
AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2801
REMOVALΒ Β 2801
INSTALLATIONΒ 2801
ENGINE OILΒ Β 2801
ENGINE OIL : DrainingΒ Β 2801
ENGINE OIL : RefillingΒ 2802
OIL FILTERΒ Β 2802
OIL FILTER : Removal and InstallationΒ 2802
REMOVALΒ Β 2802
INSTALLATIONΒ 2802
OIL FILTER : InspectionΒ Β 2803
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2803
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 2803
SPARK PLUG : Removal and InstallationΒ 2803
REMOVALΒ Β 2803
INSTALLATIONΒ 2803
SPARK PLUG : InspectionΒ Β 2804
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ 2804
EVAP VAPOR LINESΒ Β 2804
EVAP VAPOR LINES : InspectionΒ Β 2804
CHASSIS MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2805
EXHAUST SYSTEMΒ 2805
EXHAUST SYSTEM : InspectionΒ Β 2805
GEAR OILΒ 2805
GEAR OIL : InspectionΒ Β 2805
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 2805
OIL LEVELΒ 2805
GEAR OIL : DrainingΒ 2805
GEAR OIL : RefillingΒ Β 2806
CLUTCH FLUIDΒ Β 2806
CLUTCH FLUID : InspectionΒ 2806
FLUID LEAKAGEΒ Β 2806
FLUID LEVELΒ Β 2806
CLUTCH FLUID : DrainingΒ Β 2806
CLUTCH FLUID : RefillingΒ Β 2807
REAR PROPELLER SHAFTΒ 2807
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT : InspectionΒ Β 2807
NOISEΒ Β 2807
VIBRATIONΒ 2807
RUNOUT MEASURING POINTΒ Β 2808
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200Β 2808
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : InspectionΒ Β 2808
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 2808
OIL LEVELΒ 2808
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : DrainingΒ 2808
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : RefillingΒ Β 2809
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200VΒ Β 2809
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : InspectionΒ 2809
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 2809
OIL LEVELΒ 2809
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : DrainingΒ Β 2809
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : RefillingΒ Β 2810
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)Β Β 2810
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : AdjustmentΒ Β 2810
BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)Β Β 2810
Preparation Before AdjustmentΒ 2810
Wheel Balance AdjustmentΒ Β 2810
TIRE ROTATIONΒ Β 2811
Safety Device Preventing from Being Incorrectly installed 2811
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKSΒ Β 2812
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : InspectionΒ 2812
BRAKE LINES AND CABLESΒ Β 2812
BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : InspectionΒ Β 2813
BRAKE FLUIDΒ 2813
BRAKE FLUID : ChangingΒ 2813
DISC BRAKEΒ Β 2813
DISC BRAKE : InspectionΒ Β 2813
DISC ROTORΒ Β 2813
CALIPERΒ Β 2813
BRAKE PADΒ 2813
DISC BRAKE : Front Disc BrakeΒ Β 2814
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 2814
4 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 2814
DISC BRAKE : Rear Disc BrakeΒ 2814
1 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 2814
2 PISTON TYPEΒ Β 2814
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGEΒ Β 2814
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : InspectionΒ Β 2814
STEERING GEARΒ Β 2814
STEERING LINKAGEΒ Β 2815
POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINESΒ Β 2815
POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES : InspectionΒ 2815
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTSΒ Β 2815
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : InspectionΒ Β 2815
BODY MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2817
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCHΒ Β 2817
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : LubricatingΒ Β 2817
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERSΒ 2817
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : InspectionΒ Β 2817
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2818
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2818
DRIVE BELTΒ Β 2818
DRIVE BELT : Drive BeltΒ Β 2818
DRIVE BELTΒ Β 2818
ENGINE COOLANTΒ 2818
ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification 2818
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Β Β 2818
ENGINE OILΒ Β 2818
ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance SpecificationΒ 2818
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Β 2818
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 2818
SPARK PLUG : Spark PlugΒ Β 2818
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 2818
ROAD WHEELΒ Β 2818
ROAD WHEEL : Road WheelΒ Β 2818
CONVENTIONALΒ 2818
EMERGENCYΒ 2819
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2820
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2820
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2820
FOR NORTH AMERICAΒ 2820
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Schedule 1Β Β 2820
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2820
FOR NORTH AMERICA : Schedule 2Β Β 2820
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEΒ Β 2820
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2821
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2821
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 2821
SPARK PLUG : Spark PlugΒ Β 2821
SPARK PLUGΒ Β 2821
MIRΒ Β 2822
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2822
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2823
DOOR MIRROR SYSTEMΒ Β 2823
Component DescriptionΒ 2823
INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEMΒ Β 2824
System DescriptionΒ 2824
Component DescriptionΒ 2824
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2825
DOOR MIRRORΒ Β 2825
Wiring DiagramΒ Β 2825
AUTO ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEMΒ Β 2827
Wiring DiagramΒ Β 2827
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 2829
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSESΒ Β 2829
Work FlowΒ 2829
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 2829
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ Β 2829
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ Β 2830
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ 2830
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ Β 2830
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 2831
Inspection ProcedureΒ Β 2831
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ Β 2831
CENTER CONSOLEΒ 2831
DOORSΒ 2831
TRUNKΒ 2831
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 2832
SEATSΒ 2832
UNDERHOODΒ Β 2832
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ Β 2833
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 2835
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2835
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 2835
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 2835
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 2835
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2835
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 2836
PREPARATIONΒ 2837
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2837
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 2837
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2838
INSIDE MIRRORΒ 2838
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2838
Removal and InstallationΒ 2838
REMOVALΒ Β 2838
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2838
OUTSIDE MIRRORΒ Β 2839
DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2839
DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2839
DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Removal and InstallationΒ 2839
REMOVALΒ 2839
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2840
GLASS MIRRORΒ 2840
GLASS MIRROR : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2840
GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2840
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2840
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2840
DOOR MIRROR COVERΒ Β 2841
DOOR MIRROR COVER : Exploded ViewΒ Β 2841
DOOR MIRROR COVER : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ 2841
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2841
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2841
DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHΒ Β 2842
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2842
Removal and InstallationΒ 2842
REMOVALΒ Β 2842
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2842
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
MWIΒ Β 2843
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2843
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 2846
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2846
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 2846
Work flowΒ Β 2846
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 2846
DETAILED FLOWΒ 2846
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2848
METER SYSTEMΒ 2848
METER SYSTEMΒ Β 2848
METER SYSTEM : System DiagramΒ Β 2848
METER SYSTEM : System DescriptionΒ Β 2848
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2848
IPDM E/RΒ Β 2848
METER CONTROL FUNCTION LISTΒ 2848
ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2850
METER SYSTEM : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2851
METER SYSTEM : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2851
SPEEDOMETERΒ 2852
SPEEDOMETER : System DiagramΒ 2852
SPEEDOMETER : System DescriptionΒ Β 2852
SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2853
SPEEDOMETER : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2853
TACHOMETERΒ Β 2853
TACHOMETER : System DiagramΒ Β 2854
TACHOMETER : System DescriptionΒ 2854
TACHOMETER : Component Parts LocationΒ 2854
TACHOMETER : Component DescriptionΒ 2855
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGEΒ 2855
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System DiagramΒ 2855
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description 2855
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location 2856
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description 2856
FUEL GAUGEΒ Β 2856
FUEL GAUGE : System DiagramΒ Β 2857
FUEL GAUGE : System DescriptionΒ 2857
CONTROL OUTLINEΒ 2857
REFUEL CONTROLΒ Β 2857
FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts LocationΒ 2857
FUEL GAUGE : Component DescriptionΒ 2858
ODO/TRIP METERΒ 2858
ODO/TRIP METER : System DiagramΒ 2858
ODO/TRIP METER : System DescriptionΒ Β 2858
ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2859
ODO/TRIP METER : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2859
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORΒ Β 2859
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System DiagramΒ Β 2860
A/T MODELSΒ Β 2860
WITH SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) MODELSΒ 2860
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System DescriptionΒ Β 2860
A/T MODELSΒ Β 2860
Manual ModeΒ 2860
Not Manual ModeΒ Β 2860
WITH SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) MODELSΒ 2861
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2861
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2861
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMPΒ Β 2862
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP : System DiagramΒ Β 2862
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP : System DescriptionΒ 2862
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMPΒ Β 2862
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP : Component Parts LocationΒ 2863
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP : Component DescriptionΒ 2863
UP-SHIFT INDICATORΒ Β 2863
UP-SHIFT INDICATOR : System DiagramΒ Β 2864
UP-SHIFT INDICATOR : System DescriptionΒ Β 2864
UP-SHIFT INDICATOR : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2864
UP-SHIFT INDICATOR : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2865
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROLΒ 2865
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System DiagramΒ 2865
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System DescriptionΒ Β 2865
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 2865
Combination MeterΒ 2865
Triple MeterΒ Β 2865
Nighttime ModeΒ 2865
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location 2866
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2866
METER EFFECT FUNCTIONΒ Β 2866
METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System DiagramΒ Β 2867
METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System DescriptionΒ Β 2867
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 2867
Engine-start Effect FunctionΒ Β 2867
METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2867
METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2868
INFORMATION DISPLAYΒ Β 2868
INFORMATION DISPLAY : System DiagramΒ Β 2868
INFORMATION DISPLAY : System DescriptionΒ 2868
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2868
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNINGΒ Β 2868
Warning Operation ConditionΒ Β 2869
LOW FUEL WARNINGΒ Β 2869
Warning Operation ConditionΒ Β 2869
LOW WASHER FLUID WARNINGΒ 2869
Warning Operation ConditionΒ Β 2869
DOOR OPEN WARNINGΒ Β 2869
INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION (MPG)Β 2869
AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION (MPG)Β 2869
AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED (MPH)Β 2869
TRAVEL TIME (TIME)Β 2870
TRAVEL DISTANCE (MILES)Β Β 2870
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE (RANGE)Β 2870
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATUREΒ Β 2870
SETTINGΒ Β 2870
INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts LocationΒ 2871
INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component DescriptionΒ 2872
TRIPLE METERΒ Β 2872
TRIPLE METER : System DiagramΒ Β 2872
TRIPLE METER : System DescriptionΒ Β 2872
VOLT METERΒ Β 2872
OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGEΒ 2872
CLOCKΒ Β 2872
TRIPLE METER : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2873
TRIPLE METER : Component DescriptionΒ Β 2873
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)Β 2874
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 2874
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODEΒ 2874
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 2874
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)Β 2875
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSΒ Β 2875
SELF DIAG RESULTΒ 2875
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2875
Display Item ListΒ Β 2875
SPECIAL FUNCTIONΒ 2877
Special menuΒ 2877
W/L ON HISTORYΒ Β 2877
Display ItemΒ 2878
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2879
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 2879
DescriptionΒ 2879
DTC LogicΒ Β 2879
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2879
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2879
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β 2880
DescriptionΒ 2880
DTC LogicΒ Β 2880
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2880
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2880
B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1Β 2881
DescriptionΒ 2881
DTC LogicΒ Β 2881
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2881
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2881
B2205 VEHICLE SPEEDΒ Β 2883
DescriptionΒ 2883
DTC LogicΒ Β 2883
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2883
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2883
B2267 ENGINE SPEEDΒ 2884
DescriptionΒ 2884
DTC LogicΒ Β 2884
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2884
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2884
B2268 WATER TEMPΒ Β 2885
DescriptionΒ 2885
DTC LogicΒ Β 2885
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2885
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2885
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 2886
COMBINATION METERΒ 2886
COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2886
TRIPLE METERΒ Β 2886
TRIPLE METER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 2886
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) 2887
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 2887
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 2889
DescriptionΒ 2889
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2889
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2889
Component InspectionΒ 2890
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 2892
DescriptionΒ 2892
Component Function CheckΒ Β 2892
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2892
Component InspectionΒ 2892
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 2894
DescriptionΒ 2894
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2894
Component InspectionΒ 2894
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 2895
DescriptionΒ 2895
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2895
Component InspectionΒ 2895
A/C AUTO AMPΒ CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 2897
DescriptionΒ 2897
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2897
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 2898
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2898
Reference ValueΒ Β 2898
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 2898
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2901
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2901
Wiring Diagram – METER –Β Β 2905
Fail-SafeΒ Β 2912
FAIL-SAFEΒ Β 2912
DTC IndexΒ Β 2913
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 2914
Reference ValueΒ Β 2914
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 2914
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2916
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2916
Wiring Diagram – IPDM E/R –Β Β 2921
Fail-safeΒ Β 2924
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLΒ 2924
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECMΒ 2924
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCMΒ 2925
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2925
FRONT WIPER CONTROLΒ 2925
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2926
DTC IndexΒ Β 2926
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2927
THE FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 2927
DescriptionΒ 2927
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2927
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ONΒ Β 2928
DescriptionΒ 2928
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2928
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFFΒ Β 2929
DescriptionΒ 2929
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2929
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAYΒ 2930
DescriptionΒ 2930
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2930
THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, or DOES NOT DISPLAY 2931
DescriptionΒ 2931
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2931
THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAYΒ 2932
DescriptionΒ 2932
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2932
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECTΒ Β 2933
DescriptionΒ 2933
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2933
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 2934
INFORMATION DISPLAYΒ Β 2934
INFORMATION DISPLAY : DescriptionΒ Β 2934
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATUREΒ Β 2934
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCEΒ Β 2934
PRECAUTIONΒ 2935
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2935
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2935
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2935
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2935
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2936
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2936
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2936
REMOVALΒ 2936
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2936
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2936
REMOVALΒ 2936
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2937
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2937
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2937
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2938
TRIPLE METERΒ 2939
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2939
REMOVALΒ 2939
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2939
REMOVALΒ 2939
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2939
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 2939
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 2939
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 2939
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 2940
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 2940
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 2940
Combination MetersΒ Β 2940
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
PBΒ Β 2941
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2941
PREPARATIONΒ 2942
PREPARATIONΒ Β 2942
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 2942
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 2943
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEMΒ Β 2943
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 2943
INSPECTIONΒ Β 2943
Lever StrokeΒ Β 2943
Inspect ComponentsΒ Β 2943
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 2943
PARKING BRAKE SHOEΒ Β 2945
AdjustmentΒ Β 2945
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2946
PARKING BRAKE CONTROLΒ Β 2946
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2946
Removal and InstallationΒ 2946
REMOVALΒ Β 2946
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2946
AdjustmentΒ Β 2946
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2946
PARKING BRAKE SHOEΒ Β 2947
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2947
Removal and InstallationΒ 2947
REMOVALΒ Β 2947
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2948
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 2948
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 2948
Lining Thickness InspectionΒ Β 2948
Drum Inner Diameter InspectionΒ Β 2948
Other InspectionsΒ Β 2948
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 2948
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 2950
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 2950
Parking Drum BrakeΒ 2950
Parking Brake ControlΒ 2950
PCSΒ Β 2951
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 2951
IPDM E/RΒ 2953
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2953
RELAY CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2953
System DiagramΒ 2953
System DescriptionΒ Β 2953
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2955
POWER CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2956
System DiagramΒ 2956
System DescriptionΒ Β 2956
COOLING FAN CONTROLΒ 2956
ALTERNATOR CONTROLΒ Β 2956
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEMΒ Β 2957
System DiagramΒ 2957
System DescriptionΒ Β 2957
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEMΒ Β 2958
System DiagramΒ 2958
System DescriptionΒ Β 2958
OUTLINEΒ 2958
SLEEP MODE ACTIVATIONΒ Β 2958
WAKE-UP OPERATIONΒ Β 2958
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2959
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)Β 2960
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 2960
AUTO ACTIVE TESTΒ 2960
DescriptionΒ Β 2960
Operation ProcedureΒ Β 2960
Inspection in Auto Active Test ModeΒ Β 2960
Concept of auto active testΒ 2961
Diagnosis chart in auto active test modeΒ Β 2961
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)Β Β 2962
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 2962
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTΒ 2962
DATA MONITORΒ Β 2962
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2963
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2965
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 2965
DescriptionΒ 2965
DTC LogicΒ Β 2965
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2965
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2965
B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCKΒ Β 2966
DescriptionΒ 2966
DTC LogicΒ Β 2966
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2966
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2966
B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCKΒ 2967
DescriptionΒ 2967
DTC LogicΒ Β 2967
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2967
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2967
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 2968
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2968
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 2969
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 2969
Reference ValueΒ Β 2969
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 2969
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 2971
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 2971
Wiring Diagram – IPDM E/R –Β Β 2976
Fail-safeΒ Β 2979
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLΒ 2979
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECMΒ 2979
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCMΒ 2980
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2980
FRONT WIPER CONTROLΒ 2980
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 2981
DTC IndexΒ Β 2981
PRECAUTIONΒ 2982
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 2982
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 2982
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 2982
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 2982
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 2982
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2983
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 2983
Exploded ViewΒ Β 2983
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 2983
REMOVALΒ 2983
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 2984
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMΒ Β 2985
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 2985
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ 2985
Work FlowΒ Β 2985
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ 2985
DETAILED FLOWΒ 2985
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2988
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMΒ Β 2988
System DescriptionΒ Β 2988
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 2988
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMΒ Β 2988
Reset Condition of Battery Saver SystemΒ 2988
STEERING LOCK OPERATIONΒ Β 2988
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATIONΒ Β 2988
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2 5 MPH)Β Β 2989
Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2 5 MPH) or moreΒ 2989
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 2990
Component DescriptionΒ Β 2990
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 2991
COMMON ITEMΒ 2991
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 2991
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 2991
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ 2991
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 2991
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ Β 2992
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INTELLIGENT KEY) 2992
WORK SUPPORTΒ 2992
SELF-DIAG RESULTΒ Β 2993
DATA MONITORΒ 2993
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 2994
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 2996
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 2996
DescriptionΒ 2996
DTC LogicΒ Β 2996
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2996
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2996
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β 2997
DTC LogicΒ Β 2997
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2997
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2997
B2553 IGNITION RELAYΒ Β 2998
DescriptionΒ 2998
DTC LogicΒ Β 2998
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 2998
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 2998
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 2998
B260A IGNITION RELAYΒ Β 3000
DescriptionΒ 3000
DTC LogicΒ Β 3000
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3000
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3000
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3000
B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUITΒ Β 3002
DescriptionΒ 3002
DTC LogicΒ Β 3002
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3002
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3002
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3002
Component InspectionΒ 3003
B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUITΒ Β 3005
DescriptionΒ 3005
DTC LogicΒ Β 3005
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3005
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3005
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3005
Component InspectionΒ 3006
B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUITΒ Β 3008
DescriptionΒ 3008
DTC LogicΒ Β 3008
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3008
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3008
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3008
Component InspectionΒ 3009
B2618 BCMΒ 3011
DescriptionΒ 3011
DTC LogicΒ Β 3011
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3011
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3011
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3011
B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHΒ 3012
DescriptionΒ 3012
DTC LogicΒ Β 3012
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3012
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3012
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3012
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 3014
BCMΒ Β 3014
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 3014
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHΒ 3015
DescriptionΒ 3015
Component Function CheckΒ Β 3015
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3015
Component InspectionΒ 3016
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATORΒ Β 3017
DescriptionΒ 3017
Component Function CheckΒ Β 3017
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3017
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMΒ Β 3019
Wiring Diagram – PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) –Β 3019
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 3024
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 3024
Reference ValueΒ Β 3024
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 3024
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3029
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3029
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 3047
Fail-safeΒ Β 3052
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 3052
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ 3054
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 3054
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 3055
DTC IndexΒ Β 3056
PRECAUTIONΒ 3059
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3059
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 3059
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 3059
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 3059
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 3059
Precaution for Pop Up Engine HoodΒ Β 3060
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3061
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3061
DescriptionΒ 3061
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)Β Β 3061
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3061
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATEΒ 3062
DescriptionΒ 3062
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)Β Β 3062
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3062
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3063
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 3063
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3063
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3063
REMOVALΒ 3063
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3063
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHΒ 3064
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3064
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3064
REMOVALΒ 3064
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3064
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
PGΒ Β 3065
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3065
POWER SUPPLY&GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 3067
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 3067
BATTERYΒ Β 3067
How to Handle BatteryΒ Β 3067
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGEΒ Β 3067
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVELΒ Β 3067
SulphationΒ Β 3068
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECKΒ 3068
CHARGING THE BATTERYΒ Β 3069
Work FlowΒ Β 3069
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WITH BATTERY SERVICE CENTERΒ Β 3069
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3070
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 3070
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY –Β Β 3070
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 6 –Β 3080
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 9 –Β 3083
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 34 –Β Β 3085
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 50 –Β Β 3088
Wiring Diagram – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 53 –Β Β 3093
Wiring Diagram – ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY –Β 3099
Wiring Diagram – ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 19 –Β 3102
Wiring Diagram – IGNITION POWER SUPPLY –Β Β 3106
Wiring Diagram – IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 3 –Β Β 3116
Wiring Diagram – IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 4 –Β Β 3120
Wiring Diagram – IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 44 –Β Β 3123
Wiring Diagram – IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE NoΒ 45 –Β Β 3126
FuseΒ Β 3128
Fusible LinkΒ Β 3128
Circuit BreakerΒ Β 3128
HARNESS LAYOUTΒ Β 3129
How To Read Harness LayoutΒ 3129
CONNECTOR SYMBOLΒ 3129
OutlineΒ Β 3130
Main HarnessΒ Β 3131
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ 3131
FLOOR CONSOLEΒ 3132
Engine Room HarnessΒ Β 3133
ENGINE COMPARTMENTΒ Β 3133
PASSENGER COMPARTMENTΒ Β 3134
Engine Control HarnessΒ Β 3135
ENGINE COMPARTMENTΒ Β 3135
PASSENGER COMPARTMENTΒ Β 3136
Body HarnessΒ Β 3137
Body NoΒ 2 HarnessΒ Β 3138
Room Lamp HarnessΒ 3139
Door Harness (Driver Side Door)Β Β 3140
Door Harness (Passenger Side Door)Β Β 3141
Back Door HarnessΒ 3142
HARNESS CONNECTORΒ Β 3143
DescriptionΒ 3143
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)Β Β 3143
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)Β Β 3143
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)Β Β 3144
STANDARDIZED RELAYΒ 3146
DescriptionΒ 3146
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYSΒ Β 3146
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYSΒ Β 3146
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β Β 3148
Fuse, Connector and Terminal ArrangementΒ Β 3148
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 3149
Fuse and Fusible Link ArrangementΒ Β 3149
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 3150
Fuse, Connector and Terminal ArrangementΒ Β 3150
PRECAUTIONΒ 3151
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3151
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 3151
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 3151
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 3151
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ 3151
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3152
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3152
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 3152
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3153
BATTERYΒ Β 3153
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3153
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3153
REMOVALΒ 3153
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3153
BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINKΒ Β 3154
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3154
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3154
REMOVALΒ 3154
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3154
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3155
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3155
BatteryΒ Β 3155
PWCΒ Β 3156
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3156
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3159
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 3159
Work FlowΒ 3159
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3159
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ 3160
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALΒ Β 3160
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description 3160
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement 3160
INITIALIZATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3160
CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTIONΒ 3160
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITΒ Β 3160
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description 3161
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement 3161
INITIALIZATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3161
CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTIONΒ 3161
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3162
POWER WINDOW SYSTEMΒ 3162
System DiagramΒ Β 3162
System DescriptionΒ 3162
POWER WINDOW SYSTEMΒ Β 3162
POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATIONΒ Β 3162
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINKΒ Β 3163
RETAINED POWER OPERATIONΒ Β 3163
POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTIONΒ 3163
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTIONΒ Β 3163
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTIONΒ 3163
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH POWER WINDOW FUNCTIONΒ Β 3163
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTIONΒ Β 3164
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEMΒ 3164
Component Parts LocationΒ 3165
Component DescriptionΒ 3165
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β 3167
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 3167
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 3167
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 3167
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 3167
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 3167
RETAINED PWRΒ 3168
RETAINED PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – RETAINED PWR)Β 3168
Data monitorΒ Β 3168
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3169
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 3169
BCMΒ 3169
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3169
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCHΒ 3169
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3169
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCHΒ Β 3170
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3170
POWER WINDOW MOTORΒ Β 3172
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3172
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3172
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3172
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3172
DRIVER SIDE : Component InspectionΒ Β 3173
COMPONENT INSPECTIONΒ Β 3173
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3173
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3173
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3173
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3173
PASSENGER SIDE : Component InspectionΒ Β 3174
COMPONENT INSPECTIONΒ Β 3174
ENCODERΒ 3176
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3176
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3176
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3176
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3176
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3178
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3178
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3178
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3178
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINKΒ Β 3181
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCHΒ 3181
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : DescriptionΒ 3181
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function CheckΒ Β 3181
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3181
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCHΒ Β 3182
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : DescriptionΒ Β 3182
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Component Function CheckΒ 3182
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3183
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 3185
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 3185
Reference ValueΒ 3185
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 3185
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3190
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3190
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 3208
Fail-safeΒ 3213
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 3213
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 3215
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ 3215
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 3216
DTC IndexΒ 3217
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCHΒ Β 3220
Reference ValueΒ 3220
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3220
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3220
Wiring Diagram – POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 3222
Fail-SafeΒ 3225
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLΒ 3225
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCHΒ Β 3227
Reference ValueΒ 3227
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3227
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3227
Wiring Diagram – POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 3229
Fail-SafeΒ 3232
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLΒ 3232
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3234
POWER WINDOWS DO NOT OPERATE WITH ANY POWER WINDOW SWITCHESΒ Β 3234
DescriptionΒ Β 3234
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3234
DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3235
DescriptionΒ Β 3235
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3235
PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATEDΒ Β 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : DescriptionΒ Β 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATEDΒ Β 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATED : DescriptionΒ Β 3236
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 3236
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB- SWITCHΒ 3236
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB- SWITCH : DescriptionΒ 3236
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB- SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3237
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3238
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3238
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3238
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3238
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3238
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3238
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3238
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATES NORMALLYΒ Β 3239
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3239
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3239
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3239
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3239
POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLYΒ Β 3240
DescriptionΒ Β 3240
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3240
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE POWER WINDOWSΒ 3241
DescriptionΒ Β 3241
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3241
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3242
DescriptionΒ Β 3242
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3242
POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTIONΒ Β 3243
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3243
POWER WINDOW SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATEΒ 3244
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3244
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3244
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3244
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3244
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 3245
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3245
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3245
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3245
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3245
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3247
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3247
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3247
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3247
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3247
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3248
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCHΒ Β 3248
Removal and InstallationΒ 3248
REMOVALΒ Β 3248
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3248
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
PWOΒ Β 3249
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3249
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3250
POWER SOCKETΒ Β 3250
Wiring Diagram – POWER SOCKET –Β Β 3250
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3252
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3252
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3252
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3252
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3252
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3253
POWER SOCKETΒ Β 3253
FRONT POWER SOCKETΒ 3253
FRONT POWER SOCKET : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3253
FRONT POWER SOCKET : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3253
REMOVALΒ 3253
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3253
CONSOLE POWER SOCKETΒ Β 3253
CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3254
CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Removal and InstallationΒ 3254
REMOVALΒ 3254
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3254
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
RAXΒ Β 3255
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3255
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3256
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ 3256
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 3256
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3257
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3257
Precautions for Drive ShaftΒ 3257
PREPARATIONΒ 3258
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3258
Special Service ToolΒ Β 3258
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 3258
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ 3260
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSINGΒ Β 3260
InspectionΒ Β 3260
MOUNTING INSPECTIONΒ Β 3260
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTIONΒ Β 3260
REAR DRIVE SHAFTΒ 3261
InspectionΒ Β 3261
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3262
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSINGΒ Β 3262
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3262
Removal and InstallationΒ 3263
REMOVALΒ Β 3263
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3264
InspectionΒ Β 3264
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3264
Wheel Hub and Bearing AssemblyΒ Β 3264
Axle HousingΒ Β 3264
Ball Joint InspectionΒ Β 3264
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ 3264
REAR DRIVE SHAFTΒ 3266
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3266
Removal and InstallationΒ 3266
REMOVALΒ Β 3266
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3267
WHEEL SIDEΒ Β 3267
WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3267
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3267
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3268
FINAL DRIVE SIDEΒ Β 3269
FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3269
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3269
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3270
InspectionΒ Β 3271
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3271
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3272
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3272
Wheel BearingΒ Β 3272
Drive ShaftΒ Β 3272
RSUΒ Β 3273
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3273
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 3274
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3274
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 3274
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 3274
PRECAUTIONΒ 3275
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3275
Precautions for SuspensionΒ 3275
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3276
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3276
Special Service ToolΒ 3276
Commercial Service ToolΒ 3276
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 3277
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLYΒ 3277
InspectionΒ Β 3277
MOUNTING INSPECTIONΒ 3277
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAYΒ 3277
SHOCK ABSORBERΒ Β 3277
WHEEL ALIGNMENTΒ 3278
InspectionΒ Β 3278
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3278
PRELIMINARY CHECKΒ Β 3278
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONSΒ Β 3278
ALIGNMENT PROCESSΒ Β 3278
AdjustmentΒ Β 3278
CAMBERΒ Β 3278
TOE-INΒ Β 3279
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3280
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRINGΒ Β 3280
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3280
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3280
REMOVALΒ 3280
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3280
InspectionΒ Β 3281
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3281
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3281
REAR SHOCK ABSORBERΒ Β 3282
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3282
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3282
REMOVALΒ 3282
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3282
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3282
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3282
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3283
InspectionΒ Β 3283
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3283
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3283
Bound Bumper and BushingΒ 3283
Shock AbsorberΒ Β 3283
INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLYΒ 3283
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3283
DisposalΒ 3283
SUSPENSION ARMΒ Β 3284
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3284
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3284
REMOVALΒ 3284
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3284
InspectionΒ Β 3284
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3284
AppearanceΒ Β 3284
Ball Joint InspectionΒ 3284
Swing Torque InspectionΒ Β 3285
Rotating Torque InspectionΒ Β 3285
Axial End Play InspectionΒ Β 3285
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3285
RADIUS RODΒ Β 3286
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3286
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3286
REMOVALΒ 3286
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3286
InspectionΒ Β 3286
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3286
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3286
FRONT LOWER LINKΒ Β 3287
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3287
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3287
REMOVALΒ 3287
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3287
InspectionΒ Β 3287
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3287
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3287
REAR STABILIZERΒ 3288
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3288
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3288
REMOVALΒ 3288
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3288
InspectionΒ Β 3288
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3288
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3289
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBERΒ Β 3289
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3289
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3289
REMOVALΒ 3289
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3290
InspectionΒ Β 3290
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3290
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3290
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3291
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3291
Wheel AlignmentΒ Β 3291
Ball JointΒ Β 3291
Wheelarch HeightΒ Β 3291
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 3292
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3292
REAR PERFORMANCE DAMPERΒ Β 3292
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3292
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3292
REMOVALΒ 3292
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3293
Rear performance damper disposal methodΒ Β 3293
SBΒ Β 3294
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3294
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3295
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3295
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3295
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3295
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3295
Precaution for Seat Belt ServiceΒ Β 3295
AFTER A COLLISIONΒ 3295
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3297
SEAT BELTΒ Β 3297
SEAT BELT RETRACTORΒ Β 3297
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : InspectionΒ 3297
AFTER A COLLISIONΒ Β 3297
PRELIMINARY CHECKSΒ Β 3297
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECKΒ Β 3298
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) 3298
ELR Function Stationary CheckΒ Β 3298
ALR Function Stationary CheckΒ Β 3298
ELR Function Moving CheckΒ Β 3298
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECKΒ 3298
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded ViewΒ 3299
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3299
REMOVALΒ 3299
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3300
SEAT BELT BUCKLEΒ Β 3300
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : InspectionΒ 3300
Post-accident inspectionΒ Β 3300
Preliminary checkΒ Β 3300
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded ViewΒ 3301
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3301
REMOVALΒ 3301
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3301
LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDRENΒ 3302
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3302
Removal and InstallationΒ 3302
REMOVALΒ Β 3302
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3302
SBCΒ Β 3303
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3303
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3304
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 3304
Work FlowΒ 3304
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3304
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3305
SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMΒ Β 3305
System DiagramΒ Β 3305
System DescriptionΒ 3305
Component Parts LocationΒ 3306
Component DescriptionΒ 3306
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3307
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCHΒ Β 3307
DRIVER SIDEΒ Β 3307
DRIVER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3307
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3307
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3307
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)Β Β 3308
PASSENGER SIDEΒ Β 3308
PASSENGER SIDE : DescriptionΒ Β 3308
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function CheckΒ 3308
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3309
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)Β Β 3310
SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CIRCUITΒ Β 3311
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3311
SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMΒ Β 3312
Wiring Diagram – SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM –Β 3312
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 3315
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3315
DTC IndexΒ 3315
Wiring Diagram – SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM –Β 3318
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3324
SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFFΒ 3324
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3324
SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ONΒ Β 3325
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3325
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3326
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3326
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3326
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3326
Precaution for Seat Belt ServiceΒ Β 3326
AFTER A COLLISIONΒ 3326
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3327
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
SEΒ Β 3328
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3328
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 3329
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3329
POWER SEATΒ Β 3329
System DescriptionΒ Β 3329
SLIDING OPERATIONΒ Β 3329
RECLINING OPERATIONΒ 3329
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3329
Component DescriptionΒ Β 3330
HEATED SEATΒ Β 3331
System DescriptionΒ Β 3331
HEATER OPERATIONΒ 3331
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3331
Component DescriptionΒ Β 3331
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3332
POWER SEATΒ Β 3332
Wiring Diagram – POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE –Β Β 3332
Wiring Diagram – POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE –Β Β 3335
HEATED SEATΒ Β 3338
Wiring Diagram – HEATED SEAT –Β Β 3338
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3341
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3341
Work FlowΒ Β 3341
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWΒ Β 3341
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEΒ 3341
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSΒ 3342
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSEΒ Β 3342
REPAIR THE CAUSEΒ 3342
CONFIRM THE REPAIRΒ Β 3343
Inspection ProcedureΒ 3343
INSTRUMENT PANELΒ 3343
CENTER CONSOLEΒ Β 3343
DOORSΒ Β 3343
TRUNKΒ Β 3343
SUNROOF/HEADLININGΒ Β 3344
SEATSΒ Β 3344
UNDERHOODΒ Β 3344
Diagnostic WorksheetΒ 3345
PRECAUTIONΒ 3347
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3347
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 3347
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 3347
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 3347
Service NoticeΒ 3347
Precaution for WorkΒ Β 3347
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3349
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3349
Special Service ToolΒ 3349
Commercial Service ToolΒ 3349
CLIP LISTΒ 3350
Clip ListΒ Β 3350
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3351
SEATΒ Β 3351
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3351
POWER SEATΒ 3351
MANUAL SEATΒ Β 3352
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3354
REMOVALΒ 3354
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3354
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3354
SEATBACKΒ Β 3354
DisassemblyΒ Β 3354
AssemblyΒ Β 3356
SEAT CUSHIONΒ Β 3356
DisassemblyΒ Β 3356
AssemblyΒ Β 3358
POWER SEAT SWITCHΒ Β 3359
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3359
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3359
REMOVALΒ 3359
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3359
HEATED SEAT SWITCHΒ 3360
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3360
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3360
REMOVALΒ 3360
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3360
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 3361
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 3361
SEATΒ Β 3361
SeatΒ Β 3361
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
SECΒ Β 3362
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3362
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3366
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 3366
Work FlowΒ 3366
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 3366
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3366
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ 3369
ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTIONΒ Β 3369
ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : DescriptionΒ Β 3369
ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement 3369
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3370
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTIONΒ Β 3370
System DiagramΒ Β 3370
System DescriptionΒ 3370
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3370
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMΒ 3371
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIEDΒ 3371
OPERATION RANGEΒ Β 3371
OPERATION WHEN KEY SLOT IS USEDΒ Β 3371
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMΒ 3371
Reset Condition of Battery Saver SystemΒ Β 3372
STEERING LOCK OPERATIONΒ 3372
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION 3372
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2 5 MPH)Β Β 3372
Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2 5 MPH) or moreΒ Β 3372
Component Parts LocationΒ 3373
Component DescriptionΒ 3375
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATSΒ Β 3376
System DiagramΒ Β 3376
System DescriptionΒ 3376
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3376
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATIONΒ 3377
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMPΒ 3377
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION 3377
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2 5 MPH)Β Β 3377
Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2 5 MPH) or moreΒ Β 3377
Component Parts LocationΒ 3378
Component DescriptionΒ 3380
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMΒ Β 3381
System DiagramΒ Β 3381
System DescriptionΒ 3381
OPERATION FLOWΒ 3381
SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMΒ 3381
Initial ConditionΒ Β 3381
Disarmed PhaseΒ Β 3381
Pre-armed Phase and Armed PhaseΒ 3382
CANCELING THE ARMED PHASE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMΒ Β 3382
CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM 3382
ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMΒ Β 3382
Component Parts LocationΒ 3383
Component DescriptionΒ 3384
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β 3385
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 3385
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 3385
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 3385
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 3385
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 3385
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ 3386
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – INTELLIGENT KEY)Β 3386
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 3386
SELF-DIAG RESULTΒ 3387
DATA MONITORΒ Β 3387
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 3388
THEFT ALMΒ 3389
THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – THEFT)Β Β 3390
DATA MONITORΒ Β 3390
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 3390
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 3390
IMMUΒ Β 3390
IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – IMMU)Β Β 3391
DATA MONITORΒ Β 3391
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 3391
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3392
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ 3392
BCMΒ 3392
BCM : DescriptionΒ 3392
BCM : DTC LogicΒ Β 3392
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3392
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3392
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 3392
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DescriptionΒ 3392
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic 3392
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3392
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3392
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)Β Β 3394
BCMΒ 3394
BCM : DTC LogicΒ Β 3394
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 3394
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3394
BCM : Special Repair RequirementΒ 3394
P1610 LOCK MODEΒ Β 3395
DescriptionΒ Β 3395
DTC LogicΒ 3395
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3395
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3395
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3395
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECMΒ Β 3396
DescriptionΒ Β 3396
DTC LogicΒ 3396
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3396
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3396
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3396
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMUΒ Β 3398
DescriptionΒ Β 3398
DTC LogicΒ 3398
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3398
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3398
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3398
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEYΒ Β 3399
DescriptionΒ Β 3399
DTC LogicΒ 3399
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3399
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3399
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3399
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEYΒ 3402
DescriptionΒ Β 3402
DTC LogicΒ 3402
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3402
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3402
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3402
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMPΒ 3403
DescriptionΒ Β 3403
DTC LogicΒ 3403
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3403
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3403
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3403
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEYΒ Β 3406
DescriptionΒ Β 3406
DTC LogicΒ 3406
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3406
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3406
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3406
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECMΒ Β 3407
DescriptionΒ Β 3407
DTC LogicΒ 3407
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3407
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3407
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3407
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMUΒ Β 3409
DescriptionΒ Β 3409
DTC LogicΒ 3409
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3409
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3409
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3409
B2195 ANTI-SCANNINGΒ 3410
DescriptionΒ Β 3410
DTC LogicΒ 3410
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3410
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3410
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3410
B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRGΒ Β 3411
DescriptionΒ Β 3411
DTC LogicΒ 3411
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3411
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3411
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3411
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMUΒ Β 3412
DescriptionΒ Β 3412
DTC LogicΒ 3412
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3412
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3412
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3412
B2555 STOP LAMPΒ Β 3415
DescriptionΒ Β 3415
DTC LogicΒ 3415
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3415
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3415
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3415
Component InspectionΒ Β 3416
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHΒ Β 3417
DescriptionΒ Β 3417
DTC LogicΒ 3417
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3417
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3417
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3417
Component InspectionΒ Β 3418
B2557 VEHICLE SPEEDΒ 3419
DescriptionΒ Β 3419
DTC LogicΒ 3419
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3419
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3419
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3419
B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAYΒ Β 3420
DescriptionΒ Β 3420
DTC LogicΒ 3420
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3420
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3420
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3420
B2601 SHIFT POSITIONΒ Β 3421
DescriptionΒ Β 3421
DTC LogicΒ 3421
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3421
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3421
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3421
Component InspectionΒ Β 3423
B2602 SHIFT POSITIONΒ Β 3424
DescriptionΒ Β 3424
DTC LogicΒ 3424
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3424
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3424
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3424
Component InspectionΒ Β 3425
B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUSΒ Β 3427
DescriptionΒ Β 3427
DTC LogicΒ 3427
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3427
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3427
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3427
B2604 PNP SWITCHΒ 3430
DescriptionΒ Β 3430
DTC LogicΒ 3430
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3430
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3430
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3430
B2605 PNP SWITCHΒ 3432
DescriptionΒ Β 3432
DTC LogicΒ 3432
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3432
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3432
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3432
B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAYΒ 3434
DescriptionΒ Β 3434
DTC LogicΒ 3434
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3434
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3434
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3434
B2607 STEERING LOCK RELAYΒ 3435
DescriptionΒ Β 3435
DTC LogicΒ 3435
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3435
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3435
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3435
B2608 STARTER RELAYΒ 3437
DescriptionΒ Β 3437
DTC LogicΒ 3437
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3437
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3437
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3437
B2609 STEERING STATUSΒ Β 3439
DescriptionΒ Β 3439
DTC LogicΒ 3439
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3439
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3439
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3439
B260B STEERING LOCK UNITΒ Β 3443
DescriptionΒ Β 3443
DTC LogicΒ 3443
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3443
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3443
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3443
B260C STEERING LOCK UNITΒ Β 3444
DescriptionΒ Β 3444
DTC LogicΒ 3444
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3444
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3444
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3444
B260D STEERING LOCK UNITΒ Β 3445
DescriptionΒ Β 3445
DTC LogicΒ 3445
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3445
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3445
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3445
B260F ENGINE STATUSΒ 3446
DescriptionΒ Β 3446
DTC LogicΒ 3446
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3446
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3446
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3446
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 3447
DescriptionΒ Β 3447
DTC LogicΒ 3447
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3447
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3447
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3447
Component InspectionΒ Β 3448
B26E9 STEERING STATUSΒ Β 3449
DescriptionΒ Β 3449
DTC LogicΒ 3449
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3449
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3449
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3449
B26EA KEY REGISTRATIONΒ 3450
DescriptionΒ Β 3450
DTC LogicΒ 3450
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3450
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3450
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3450
B2612 STEERING STATUSΒ Β 3451
DescriptionΒ Β 3451
DTC LogicΒ 3451
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3451
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3451
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3451
B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUITΒ Β 3455
DescriptionΒ Β 3455
DTC LogicΒ 3455
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3455
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3455
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3455
B2619 BCMΒ Β 3457
DescriptionΒ Β 3457
DTC LogicΒ 3457
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3457
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3457
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3457
B261E VEHICLE TYPEΒ Β 3458
DescriptionΒ Β 3458
DTC LogicΒ 3458
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3458
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3458
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3458
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCHΒ Β 3459
DescriptionΒ Β 3459
DTC LogicΒ 3459
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3459
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3459
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3459
Component InspectionΒ Β 3460
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAYΒ 3461
DescriptionΒ Β 3461
DTC LogicΒ 3461
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3461
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3461
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3461
B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAYΒ 3463
DescriptionΒ Β 3463
DTC LogicΒ 3463
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3463
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3463
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3463
B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCHΒ Β 3464
DescriptionΒ Β 3464
DTC LogicΒ 3464
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3464
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3464
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3464
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAYΒ Β 3468
DescriptionΒ Β 3468
DTC LogicΒ 3468
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3468
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3468
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3468
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAYΒ Β 3469
DescriptionΒ Β 3469
DTC LogicΒ 3469
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3469
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3469
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3469
B210D STARTER RELAYΒ 3470
DescriptionΒ Β 3470
DTC LogicΒ 3470
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3470
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3470
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3470
B210E STARTER RELAYΒ 3471
DescriptionΒ Β 3471
DTC LogicΒ 3471
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3471
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3471
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3471
B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 3473
DescriptionΒ Β 3473
DTC LogicΒ 3473
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3473
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3473
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3473
B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCHΒ Β 3475
DescriptionΒ Β 3475
DTC LogicΒ 3475
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3475
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3475
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3475
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 3477
BCMΒ 3477
BCM : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3477
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 3477
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3477
KEY SLOTΒ Β 3479
DescriptionΒ Β 3479
Component Function CheckΒ 3479
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3479
KEY SLOT INDICATORΒ Β 3480
DescriptionΒ Β 3480
Component Function CheckΒ 3480
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3480
HOOD SWITCHΒ Β 3482
DescriptionΒ Β 3482
Component Function CheckΒ 3482
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3482
Component InspectionΒ Β 3483
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMPΒ Β 3484
DescriptionΒ Β 3484
Component Function CheckΒ 3484
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3484
KEY WARNING LAMPΒ 3486
DescriptionΒ Β 3486
Component Function CheckΒ 3486
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3486
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTIONΒ Β 3487
Wiring Diagram – INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION –Β 3487
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATSΒ Β 3496
Wiring Diagram – NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM –Β Β 3496
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMΒ Β 3504
Wiring Diagram – VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM –Β 3504
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 3510
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 3510
Reference ValueΒ 3510
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 3510
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3515
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3515
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 3533
Fail-safeΒ 3538
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 3538
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 3540
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ 3540
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 3541
DTC IndexΒ 3542
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β Β 3545
Reference ValueΒ 3545
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 3545
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3547
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3547
Wiring Diagram – IPDM E/R –Β 3552
Fail-safeΒ 3555
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLΒ Β 3555
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECMΒ Β 3555
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCMΒ Β 3556
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 3556
FRONT WIPER CONTROLΒ Β 3556
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 3557
DTC IndexΒ 3557
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3558
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLEΒ Β 3558
DescriptionΒ Β 3558
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)Β 3558
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3558
STEERING DOES NOT LOCKΒ 3559
DescriptionΒ Β 3559
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3559
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINKΒ 3560
DescriptionΒ Β 3560
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)Β 3560
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3560
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SETΒ 3561
INTELLIGENT KEYΒ 3561
INTELLIGENT KEY : DescriptionΒ 3561
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)Β Β 3561
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3561
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHΒ Β 3561
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : DescriptionΒ Β 3561
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)Β Β 3561
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 3561
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATEΒ 3563
DescriptionΒ Β 3563
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)Β 3563
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3563
INTELLIGENT KEY INSERT INFORMATION DOES NOT OPERATEΒ Β 3564
DescriptionΒ Β 3564
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3564
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3566
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3566
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3566
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3566
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 3566
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3566
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp ServiceΒ Β 3567
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 3567
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3568
KEY SLOTΒ Β 3568
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3568
Removal and InstallationΒ 3568
REMOVALΒ Β 3568
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3568
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHΒ Β 3569
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3569
Removal and InstallationΒ 3569
REMOVALΒ Β 3569
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3569
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
SRΒ Β 3570
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3570
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3571
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3571
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3571
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3571
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 3571
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3571
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3572
Occupant Classification SystemΒ 3572
ServiceΒ Β 3572
PREPARATIONΒ 3573
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3573
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 3573
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3574
COLLISION DIAGNOSISΒ 3574
FOR FRONTAL COLLISIONΒ 3574
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision 3574
WORK PROCEDUREΒ Β 3574
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)Β Β 3574
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collisionΒ Β 3575
WORK PROCEDUREΒ Β 3575
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)Β Β 3575
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISIONΒ Β 3576
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collisionΒ Β 3576
WORK PROCEDUREΒ Β 3576
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)Β Β 3577
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collisionΒ 3577
WORK PROCEDUREΒ Β 3577
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)Β Β 3578
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3580
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ Β 3580
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3580
Removal and InstallationΒ 3580
REMOVALΒ Β 3580
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3581
SPIRAL CABLEΒ Β 3583
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3583
Removal and InstallationΒ 3583
REMOVALΒ Β 3583
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3584
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULEΒ Β 3586
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3586
Removal and InstallationΒ 3586
REMOVALΒ Β 3586
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3587
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULEΒ Β 3588
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3588
Removal and InstallationΒ 3588
REMOVALΒ Β 3588
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3589
CRASH ZONE SENSORΒ Β 3590
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3590
Removal and InstallationΒ 3590
REMOVALΒ Β 3590
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3591
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSORΒ 3592
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3592
Removal and InstallationΒ 3592
REMOVALΒ Β 3592
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3593
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3594
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3594
Removal and InstallationΒ 3594
REMOVALΒ Β 3594
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3595
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONERΒ Β 3596
Removal and InstallationΒ 3596
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNITΒ 3597
Removal and InstallationΒ 3597
For removal and installationΒ Β 3597
SRCΒ Β 3598
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3598
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3602
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 3602
Work FlowΒ 3602
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 3602
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3602
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3605
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEMΒ Β 3605
System DiagramΒ Β 3605
System DescriptionΒ 3605
AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT FUNCTIONSΒ Β 3606
COLLISION MODESΒ Β 3606
Component Parts LocationΒ 3607
Component DescriptionΒ 3608
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMΒ Β 3609
System DiagramΒ Β 3609
System DescriptionΒ 3609
Component Parts LocationΒ 3610
Component DescriptionΒ 3610
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)Β Β 3611
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ 3611
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONΒ Β 3611
Diagnosis with Air Bag Warning LampΒ Β 3611
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONΒ 3611
HOW TO CHANGE SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III 3611
USER MODEΒ Β 3611
How to Read Air Bag Warning LampΒ Β 3611
Air Bag Warning Lamp ExamplesΒ Β 3611
DIAGNOSIS MODEΒ 3612
How to Read Air Bag Warning LampΒ Β 3612
How to Erase Self Diagnosis ResultΒ 3614
EXAMPLE OF AIR BAG WARNING LAMP OPERATION IN THE DIAGNOSIS MODE 3614
System NormalΒ 3614
Single System MalfunctionΒ 3614
Multiple Systems MalfunctionΒ 3615
CONSULT-III FunctionΒ Β 3616
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 3616
HOW TO ERASE SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTSΒ Β 3616
SPECIAL FUNCTIONΒ Β 3616
CAUSE OF WARNINGΒ 3616
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3618
B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ 3618
DescriptionΒ Β 3618
DTC LogicΒ 3618
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3618
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3618
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3618
B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ 3620
DescriptionΒ Β 3620
DTC LogicΒ 3620
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3620
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3620
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3620
B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ 3622
DescriptionΒ Β 3622
DTC LogicΒ 3622
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3622
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3622
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3622
B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNITΒ Β 3624
DescriptionΒ Β 3624
DTC LogicΒ 3624
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3624
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3624
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3624
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ 3624
B1018 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSORΒ 3626
DescriptionΒ Β 3626
DTC LogicΒ 3626
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3626
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3626
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3626
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ 3626
B1022 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNITΒ 3628
DescriptionΒ Β 3628
DTC LogicΒ 3628
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3628
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3628
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3628
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ 3628
B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATORΒ 3630
DescriptionΒ Β 3630
DTC LogicΒ 3630
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3630
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3630
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3630
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ 3630
B1025, B1032, B1048 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSORΒ Β 3632
DescriptionΒ Β 3632
DTC LogicΒ 3632
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3632
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3632
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3632
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ 3632
B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3634
DescriptionΒ Β 3634
DTC LogicΒ 3634
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3634
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3634
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3634
B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSORΒ Β 3636
DescriptionΒ Β 3636
DTC LogicΒ 3636
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3636
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3636
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3636
B1035, B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSORΒ Β 3638
DescriptionΒ Β 3638
DTC LogicΒ 3638
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3638
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3638
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3638
B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSORΒ 3640
DescriptionΒ Β 3640
DTC LogicΒ 3640
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3640
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3640
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3640
B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3642
DescriptionΒ Β 3642
DTC LogicΒ 3642
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3642
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3642
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3642
B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3644
DescriptionΒ Β 3644
DTC LogicΒ 3644
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3644
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3644
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3644
B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3646
DescriptionΒ Β 3646
DTC LogicΒ 3646
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3646
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3646
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3646
B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3648
DescriptionΒ Β 3648
DTC LogicΒ 3648
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3648
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3648
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3648
B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3650
DescriptionΒ Β 3650
DTC LogicΒ 3650
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3650
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3650
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3650
B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3652
DescriptionΒ Β 3652
DTC LogicΒ 3652
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3652
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3652
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3652
B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3654
DescriptionΒ Β 3654
DTC LogicΒ 3654
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3654
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3654
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3654
B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3656
DescriptionΒ Β 3656
DTC LogicΒ 3656
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3656
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3656
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3656
B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3658
DescriptionΒ Β 3658
DTC LogicΒ 3658
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3658
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3658
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3658
B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3660
DescriptionΒ Β 3660
DTC LogicΒ 3660
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3660
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3660
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3660
B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3662
DescriptionΒ Β 3662
DTC LogicΒ 3662
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3662
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3662
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3662
B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULEΒ 3664
DescriptionΒ Β 3664
DTC LogicΒ 3664
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3664
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3664
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3664
B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RHΒ Β 3666
DescriptionΒ Β 3666
DTC LogicΒ 3666
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3666
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3666
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3666
B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RHΒ Β 3668
DescriptionΒ Β 3668
DTC LogicΒ 3668
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3668
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3668
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3668
B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RHΒ Β 3670
DescriptionΒ Β 3670
DTC LogicΒ 3670
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3670
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3670
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3670
B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RHΒ Β 3672
DescriptionΒ Β 3672
DTC LogicΒ 3672
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3672
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3672
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3672
B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LHΒ Β 3674
DescriptionΒ Β 3674
DTC LogicΒ 3674
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3674
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3674
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3674
B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LHΒ Β 3676
DescriptionΒ Β 3676
DTC LogicΒ 3676
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3676
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3676
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3676
B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LHΒ Β 3678
DescriptionΒ Β 3678
DTC LogicΒ 3678
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3678
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3678
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3678
B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LHΒ Β 3680
DescriptionΒ Β 3680
DTC LogicΒ 3680
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3680
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3680
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3680
B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3682
DescriptionΒ Β 3682
DTC LogicΒ 3682
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3682
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3682
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3682
B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3684
DescriptionΒ Β 3684
DTC LogicΒ 3684
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3684
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3684
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3684
B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RHΒ Β 3686
DescriptionΒ Β 3686
DTC LogicΒ 3686
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3686
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3686
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3686
B1115, B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RHΒ Β 3688
DescriptionΒ Β 3688
DTC LogicΒ 3688
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3688
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3688
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3688
B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LHΒ Β 3690
DescriptionΒ Β 3690
DTC LogicΒ 3690
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3690
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3690
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3690
B1120, B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LHΒ Β 3692
DescriptionΒ Β 3692
DTC LogicΒ 3692
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3692
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3692
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3692
B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3694
DescriptionΒ Β 3694
DTC LogicΒ 3694
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3694
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3694
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3694
B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3696
DescriptionΒ Β 3696
DTC LogicΒ 3696
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3696
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3696
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3696
B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3698
DescriptionΒ Β 3698
DTC LogicΒ 3698
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3698
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3698
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3698
B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3700
DescriptionΒ Β 3700
DTC LogicΒ 3700
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3700
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3700
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3700
B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3702
DescriptionΒ Β 3702
DTC LogicΒ 3702
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3702
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3702
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3702
B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3704
DescriptionΒ Β 3704
DTC LogicΒ 3704
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3704
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3704
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3704
B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3706
DescriptionΒ Β 3706
DTC LogicΒ 3706
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3706
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3706
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3706
B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3708
DescriptionΒ Β 3708
DTC LogicΒ 3708
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3708
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3708
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3708
B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3710
DescriptionΒ Β 3710
DTC LogicΒ 3710
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3710
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3710
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3710
B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3712
DescriptionΒ Β 3712
DTC LogicΒ 3712
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3712
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3712
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3712
B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3714
DescriptionΒ Β 3714
DTC LogicΒ 3714
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3714
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3714
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3714
B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3715
DescriptionΒ Β 3715
DTC LogicΒ 3715
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3715
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3715
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3715
B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3717
DescriptionΒ Β 3717
DTC LogicΒ 3717
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3717
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3717
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3717
B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3719
DescriptionΒ Β 3719
DTC LogicΒ 3719
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3719
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3719
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3719
B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RHΒ 3721
DescriptionΒ Β 3721
DTC LogicΒ 3721
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3721
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3721
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3721
B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3723
DescriptionΒ Β 3723
DTC LogicΒ 3723
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3723
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3723
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3723
B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3725
DescriptionΒ Β 3725
DTC LogicΒ 3725
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3725
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3725
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3725
B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3727
DescriptionΒ Β 3727
DTC LogicΒ 3727
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3727
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3727
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3727
B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LHΒ 3729
DescriptionΒ Β 3729
DTC LogicΒ 3729
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3729
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3729
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3729
B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3731
DescriptionΒ Β 3731
DTC LogicΒ 3731
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3731
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3731
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3731
B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3733
DescriptionΒ Β 3733
DTC LogicΒ 3733
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3733
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3733
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3733
B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3735
DescriptionΒ Β 3735
DTC LogicΒ 3735
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3735
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3735
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3735
B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3737
DescriptionΒ Β 3737
DTC LogicΒ 3737
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3737
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3737
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3737
B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTIONΒ Β 3739
DescriptionΒ Β 3739
DTC LogicΒ 3739
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3739
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3739
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3739
B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTIONΒ Β 3740
DescriptionΒ Β 3740
DTC LogicΒ 3740
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3740
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3740
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3740
B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTIONΒ Β 3741
DescriptionΒ Β 3741
DTC LogicΒ 3741
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3741
With CONSULT-IIIΒ 3741
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3741
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3741
B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RHΒ Β 3742
DescriptionΒ Β 3742
DTC LogicΒ 3742
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3742
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3742
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3742
B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LHΒ Β 3744
DescriptionΒ Β 3744
DTC LogicΒ 3744
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3744
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3744
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3744
B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3746
DescriptionΒ Β 3746
DTC LogicΒ 3746
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ Β 3746
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ 3746
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3746
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 3748
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNITΒ Β 3748
DTC IndexΒ 3748
Wiring Diagram – SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM –Β 3751
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3757
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFFΒ Β 3757
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3757
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ONΒ Β 3758
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3758
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3759
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3759
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3759
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3759
ServiceΒ Β 3759
Occupant Classification System PrecautionΒ Β 3759
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3760
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
STΒ Β 3761
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3761
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 3763
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3763
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 3763
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 3763
PRECAUTIONΒ 3764
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3764
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 3764
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 3764
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectΒ Β 3764
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ 3764
Service Notice or Precautions for Steering SystemΒ Β 3765
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3766
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3766
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 3766
Commercial Service ToolΒ 3767
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 3768
POWER STEERING FLUIDΒ Β 3768
InspectionΒ Β 3768
FLUID LEVELΒ Β 3768
FLUID LEAKAGEΒ 3768
AIR BLEEDING HYDRAULIC SYSTEMΒ Β 3768
STEERING WHEELΒ Β 3770
InspectionΒ Β 3770
STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAYΒ Β 3770
STEERING WHEEL PLAYΒ 3770
NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEELΒ 3770
STEERING WHEEL TURNING TORQUEΒ Β 3770
RACK SLIDING FORCEΒ Β 3771
FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLEΒ 3771
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3773
STEERING WHEELΒ Β 3773
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3773
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3773
REMOVALΒ 3773
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3773
STEERING COLUMNΒ 3774
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3774
APPLIED UP TO VIN NoΒ JN1AZ44E99M-400248 (FOR USA), JN1AZ44E79M-500011 (FOR MEXICO) 3774
APPLIED FROM VIN NoΒ JN1AZ44E99M-400249 (FOR USA), JN1AZ44E79M-500012 (FOR MEXICO)Β 3774
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3775
REMOVALΒ 3775
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3775
InspectionΒ Β 3776
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 3776
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3777
LOWER SHAFTΒ Β 3778
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3778
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3778
REMOVALΒ 3778
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3778
InspectionΒ Β 3779
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGEΒ Β 3780
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3780
REMOVALΒ 3780
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3780
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3781
REMOVALΒ 3781
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3781
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3782
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3782
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3783
InspectionΒ Β 3786
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3786
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3786
BootΒ Β 3786
Rack AssemblyΒ Β 3786
Gear-Sub AssemblyΒ Β 3786
Gear Housing AssemblyΒ 3786
Outer Socket and Inner SocketΒ Β 3786
BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUEΒ Β 3786
BALL JOINT ROTATING TORQUEΒ Β 3786
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAYΒ Β 3786
POWER STEERING OIL PUMPΒ Β 3788
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3788
REMOVALΒ 3788
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3788
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3789
REMOVALΒ 3789
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3789
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 3789
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3789
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3790
InspectionΒ Β 3792
RELIEF OIL PRESSUREΒ 3792
BEFORE DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3793
AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3793
Body Assembly and Rear Cover InspectionΒ 3793
Cartridge Assembly InspectionΒ Β 3793
Side Plate InspectionΒ 3793
Flow Control Valve InspectionΒ Β 3793
HYDRAULIC LINEΒ Β 3794
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3794
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3795
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3795
General SpecificationsΒ Β 3795
Steering Wheel Axial End Play and PlayΒ 3795
Steering Wheel Turning TorqueΒ 3795
Steering AngleΒ 3795
Steering Column LengthΒ Β 3795
Steering Column Mounting DimensionsΒ 3795
Steering Column Operating RangeΒ Β 3795
Lower ShaftΒ 3796
Rack Sliding ForceΒ Β 3796
Rack StrokeΒ 3796
Socket Swing Force and Rotating TorqueΒ 3796
SWING FORCEΒ Β 3796
ROTATING TORQUEΒ Β 3796
Socket Axial End PlayΒ Β 3796
Inner Socket LengthΒ Β 3796
Relief Oil PressureΒ Β 3796
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 3797
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 3797
STEERING WHEELΒ Β 3797
Steering WheelΒ 3797
STCΒ Β 3798
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3798
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3799
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ Β 3799
Work FlowΒ 3799
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3799
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3800
EPS SYSTEMΒ 3800
System DiagramΒ Β 3800
CONTROL DIAGRAMΒ Β 3800
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEWΒ 3800
System DescriptionΒ 3800
OPERATION PRINCIPLEΒ Β 3801
During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right ) 3801
During High-speed Operation (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right )Β Β 3801
Component Parts LocationΒ 3802
Component DescriptionΒ 3802
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3803
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 3803
DescriptionΒ Β 3803
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3803
POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVEΒ Β 3804
DescriptionΒ Β 3804
Component Function CheckΒ 3804
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3804
Component InspectionΒ Β 3805
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 3806
DescriptionΒ Β 3806
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3806
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ 3808
DescriptionΒ Β 3808
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3808
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 3810
POWER STEERING CONTROL UNITΒ Β 3810
Reference ValueΒ 3810
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 3810
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 3810
Wiring Diagram – ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM –Β 3812
Fail-SafeΒ 3814
EPS systemΒ Β 3814
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3816
UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)Β Β 3816
DescriptionΒ Β 3816
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3816
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3817
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3817
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3817
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3817
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 3817
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 3817
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3819
POWER STEERING CONTROL UNITΒ Β 3819
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3819
Removal and InstallationΒ 3819
REMOVALΒ Β 3819
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3819
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
STRΒ Β 3820
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3820
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 3821
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 3821
Work FlowΒ 3821
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 3821
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 3821
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3824
STARTING SYSTEMΒ Β 3824
M/TΒ 3824
M/T : System DiagramΒ 3824
M/T : System DescriptionΒ Β 3824
M/T : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3825
M/T : Component DescriptionΒ Β 3825
A/TΒ 3825
A/T : System DiagramΒ 3826
A/T : System DescriptionΒ Β 3826
A/T : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3826
A/T : Component DescriptionΒ Β 3827
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3828
B TERMINAL CIRCUITΒ Β 3828
DescriptionΒ Β 3828
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3828
S CONNECTOR CIRCUITΒ 3829
DescriptionΒ Β 3829
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 3829
STARTING SYSTEMΒ Β 3830
Wiring Diagram – STARTING SYSTEM –Β Β 3830
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 3833
STARTING SYSTEMΒ Β 3833
Symptom TableΒ Β 3833
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 3834
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3834
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 3834
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 3834
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 3834
PREPARATIONΒ 3835
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3835
Special Service ToolsΒ 3835
Commercial Service ToolsΒ 3835
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3836
STARTER MOTORΒ 3836
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3836
REMOVALΒ Β 3836
DISASSEMBLYΒ 3836
M/TΒ 3837
M/T : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3837
RemovalΒ 3837
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3838
A/TΒ 3838
A/T : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3838
RemovalΒ 3838
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3839
InspectionΒ Β 3839
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3839
Pinion/Clutch CheckΒ 3839
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3840
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3840
Starter MotorΒ Β 3840
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
TMΒ Β 3841
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 3841
6MT: FS6R31AΒ Β 3846
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3846
M/T SYSTEMΒ Β 3846
System DiagramΒ 3846
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEWΒ Β 3846
System DescriptionΒ Β 3847
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZERΒ Β 3847
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZERΒ Β 3847
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 3848
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3849
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHΒ Β 3849
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3849
Component InspectionΒ 3849
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCHΒ Β 3850
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3850
Component InspectionΒ 3850
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 3851
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 3851
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 3851
PRECAUTIONΒ 3852
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 3852
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 3852
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual TransmissionΒ 3852
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3853
PREPARATIONΒ Β 3853
Special Service ToolsΒ Β 3853
Commercial Service ToolsΒ Β 3855
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 3857
GEAR OILΒ Β 3857
InspectionΒ Β 3857
OIL LEAKAGEΒ Β 3857
OIL LEVELΒ Β 3857
DrainingΒ 3857
RefillingΒ Β 3857
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3858
REAR OIL SEALΒ Β 3858
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3858
REMOVALΒ 3858
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3858
InspectionΒ Β 3858
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3858
SHIFT CONTROLΒ Β 3859
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3859
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3859
REMOVALΒ 3859
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3861
InspectionΒ Β 3864
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3864
Control LeverΒ Β 3864
Shift KnobΒ Β 3864
BootΒ Β 3864
AIR BREATHER HOSEΒ Β 3865
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3865
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3865
REMOVALΒ 3865
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3865
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHΒ Β 3867
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3867
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3867
REMOVALΒ 3867
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3867
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCHΒ Β 3868
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3868
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3868
REMOVALΒ 3868
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3868
INPUT SPEED SENSORΒ 3869
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3869
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3869
REMOVALΒ 3869
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3869
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3870
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLYΒ 3870
WITHOUT S-MODEΒ 3870
WITHOUT S-MODE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3870
WITHOUT S-MODE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3870
REMOVALΒ Β 3870
INSTALLATIONΒ 3872
WITHOUT S-MODE : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 3873
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3873
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3873
WITH S-MODEΒ 3873
WITH S-MODE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3873
WITH S-MODE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3873
REMOVALΒ Β 3873
INSTALLATIONΒ 3876
WITH S-MODE : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 3876
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3876
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3876
FRONT OIL SEALΒ Β 3877
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3877
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3877
REMOVALΒ 3877
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3877
InspectionΒ Β 3879
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3879
GEAR LEVER POSITION SENSORΒ Β 3880
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3880
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 3880
REMOVALΒ 3880
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3880
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 3881
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3881
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 3881
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3882
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLYΒ 3882
WITHOUT S-MODEΒ 3882
WITHOUT S-MODE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3882
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3882
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3883
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3885
WITHOUT S-MODE : DisassemblyΒ 3888
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3888
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3891
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3894
WITHOUT S-MODE : AssemblyΒ 3896
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3896
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3901
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3905
WITHOUT S-MODE : InspectionΒ Β 3912
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3912
ShaftΒ 3912
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3913
Case and PlateΒ 3913
Extension and CoverΒ Β 3913
GearΒ Β 3913
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling SleeveΒ Β 3913
Baulk Ring and Spread SpringΒ Β 3913
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (Reverse)Β 3914
BearingΒ Β 3914
WITH S-MODEΒ 3914
WITH S-MODE : Exploded ViewΒ Β 3914
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3914
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3916
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3918
WITH S-MODE : DisassemblyΒ 3921
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3921
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3925
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3928
WITH S-MODE : AssemblyΒ 3929
SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3929
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3934
CASE AND EXTENSIONΒ 3938
WITH S-MODE : Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 3947
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3947
ShaftΒ 3948
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3948
Case and PlateΒ 3948
Extension and CoverΒ Β 3948
GearΒ Β 3948
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling SleeveΒ Β 3948
Baulk Ring and Spread SpringΒ Β 3948
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (Reverse)Β 3949
BearingΒ Β 3949
ADJUSTMENT AFTER ASSEMBLYΒ Β 3949
Gear Lever Position SensorΒ 3949
MAIN DRIVE GEARΒ 3950
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3950
DisassemblyΒ 3951
AssemblyΒ 3951
InspectionΒ Β 3952
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3952
GearΒ Β 3952
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3952
GearΒ Β 3952
Baulk RingΒ Β 3952
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (5th) 3953
BearingΒ Β 3953
MAINSHAFT AND GEARΒ 3954
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3954
DisassemblyΒ 3955
AssemblyΒ 3956
InspectionΒ Β 3962
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 3962
ShaftΒ Β 3962
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3962
Shaft and GearΒ Β 3962
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling SleeveΒ 3962
Baulk Ring and Spread SpringΒ Β 3962
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (6th) 3963
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer (1st and 2nd)Β 3963
BearingΒ Β 3964
COUNTER SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3965
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3965
DisassemblyΒ 3965
AssemblyΒ 3966
InspectionΒ Β 3969
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3969
Shaft and GearΒ Β 3969
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling SleeveΒ 3969
Baulk Ring and Spread SpringΒ Β 3970
Baulk Ring Clearance for Double Cone Synchronizer (4th) 3970
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer (3rd) 3971
BearingΒ Β 3972
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARΒ Β 3973
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3973
DisassemblyΒ 3973
AssemblyΒ 3974
InspectionΒ Β 3974
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3974
Shaft and GearΒ Β 3974
BearingΒ Β 3974
SHIFT FORK AND FORK RODΒ Β 3975
Exploded ViewΒ Β 3975
DisassemblyΒ 3977
CHECK SHIFT PINΒ Β 3977
STRIKING RODΒ Β 3977
AssemblyΒ 3978
CHECK SHIFT PINΒ Β 3978
STRIKING RODΒ Β 3978
InspectionΒ Β 3979
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLYΒ 3979
Shift Fork and Fork RodΒ Β 3979
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 3980
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 3980
General SpecificationΒ Β 3980
End PlayΒ 3981
Baulk Ring ClearanceΒ 3981
Shift ForkΒ Β 3981
7AT: RE7R01AΒ Β 3982
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 3982
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ 3982
Diagnosis FlowΒ 3982
Question sheetΒ 3983
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3983
WORKSHEET SAMPLEΒ 3983
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3985
A/T CONTROL SYSTEMΒ 3985
System DiagramΒ 3985
System DescriptionΒ Β 3985
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 3985
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3985
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3986
Component DescriptionΒ Β 3987
LINE PRESSURE CONTROLΒ 3988
System DiagramΒ 3988
System DescriptionΒ Β 3988
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 3988
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3988
Normal ControlΒ Β 3988
Back-up Control (Engine Brake)Β 3989
During Shift ChangeΒ Β 3989
At Low Fluid TemperatureΒ 3989
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3990
Component DescriptionΒ Β 3991
SHIFT CHANGE CONTROLΒ Β 3992
System DiagramΒ 3992
System DescriptionΒ Β 3992
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 3992
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 3992
Shift ChangeΒ 3993
Blipping ControlΒ Β 3993
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 3995
Component DescriptionΒ Β 3996
SHIFT PATTERN CONTROLΒ 3997
SHIFT PATTERNΒ Β 3997
SHIFT PATTERN : System DiagramΒ Β 3997
SHIFT PATTERN : System DescriptionΒ 3997
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ Β 3997
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 3997
SHIFT PATTERN : Component Parts LocationΒ 3998
SHIFT PATTERN : Component DescriptionΒ 3999
MANUAL MODEΒ 3999
MANUAL MODE : System DiagramΒ 4000
MANUAL MODE : System DescriptionΒ Β 4000
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ Β 4000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ 4000
Manual ModeΒ 4000
MANUAL MODE : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4001
MANUAL MODE : Component DescriptionΒ Β 4002
LOCK-UP CONTROLΒ 4003
System DiagramΒ 4003
System DescriptionΒ Β 4003
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHARTΒ 4003
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4003
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve ControlΒ 4003
Smooth Lock-up ControlΒ Β 4004
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4005
Component DescriptionΒ Β 4006
SHIFT MECHANISMΒ 4007
Cross-Sectional ViewΒ 4007
System DiagramΒ 4008
System DescriptionΒ Β 4008
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4008
CLUTCH AND BAND CHARTΒ Β 4009
POWER TRANSMISSIONΒ Β 4009
βNβ PositionΒ 4009
βPβ PositionΒ 4010
βD1β and βDS1β PositionsΒ 4011
βM1β PositionΒ Β 4013
βD2β and βDS2β PositionsΒ 4015
βM2β PositionΒ Β 4017
βD3β, βDS3β and βM3β PositionsΒ 4019
βD4β, βDS4β and βM4β PositionsΒ 4021
βD5β, βDS5β and βM5β PositionsΒ 4023
βD6β, βDS6β and βM6β PositionsΒ 4025
βD7β, βDS7β and βM7β PositionsΒ 4027
βRβ PositionΒ 4029
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4032
Component DescriptionΒ Β 4033
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEMΒ Β 4034
System DescriptionΒ Β 4034
SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMΒ Β 4034
SHIFT LOCK OPERATIONΒ Β 4034
When brake pedal is not depressed and selector lever is in βPβ positionΒ (Unable to shift selector lever ) 4034
When brake pedal is depressed and selector lever is in βPβ positionΒ (Able to shift selector lever ) 4034
FORCIBLE RELEASE OF SHIFT LOCKΒ Β 4035
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4035
Component DescriptionΒ Β 4036
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEMΒ Β 4037
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 4037
OBD FUNCTIONΒ Β 4037
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)Β Β 4038
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)Β 4038
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSΒ Β 4038
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTSΒ Β 4038
Display Items ListΒ 4038
DATA MONITORΒ Β 4038
Display Items ListΒ 4038
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATIONΒ 4043
DTC Work SupportΒ Β 4043
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4044
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATAΒ Β 4044
DescriptionΒ 4044
DTC LogicΒ Β 4044
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4044
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4044
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4044
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITΒ Β 4045
DescriptionΒ 4045
DTC LogicΒ Β 4045
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4045
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4045
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4045
P0615 STARTER RELAYΒ Β 4046
DescriptionΒ 4046
DTC LogicΒ Β 4046
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4046
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4046
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4046
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH AΒ 4048
DescriptionΒ 4048
DTC LogicΒ Β 4048
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4048
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4048
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4048
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR AΒ 4049
DescriptionΒ 4049
DTC LogicΒ Β 4049
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4049
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4049
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4050
P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR AΒ Β 4051
DescriptionΒ 4051
DTC LogicΒ Β 4051
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4051
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4051
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4051
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSORΒ Β 4053
DescriptionΒ 4053
DTC LogicΒ Β 4053
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4053
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4053
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4054
P0725 ENGINE SPEEDΒ 4055
DescriptionΒ 4055
DTC LogicΒ Β 4055
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4055
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4055
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4055
P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4057
DescriptionΒ 4057
DTC LogicΒ Β 4057
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4057
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4057
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4058
P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIOΒ Β 4059
DescriptionΒ 4059
DTC LogicΒ Β 4059
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4059
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4059
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4059
P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4060
DescriptionΒ 4060
DTC LogicΒ Β 4060
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4060
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4060
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4061
P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4062
DescriptionΒ 4062
DTC LogicΒ Β 4062
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4062
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4062
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4063
P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4064
DescriptionΒ 4064
DTC LogicΒ Β 4064
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4064
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4064
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4065
P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4066
DescriptionΒ 4066
DTC LogicΒ Β 4066
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4066
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4066
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4067
P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4068
DescriptionΒ 4068
DTC LogicΒ Β 4068
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4068
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4068
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4069
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTERΒ Β 4070
DescriptionΒ 4070
DTC LogicΒ Β 4070
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4070
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4070
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4070
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTERΒ Β 4072
DescriptionΒ 4072
DTC LogicΒ Β 4072
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4072
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4072
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4072
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID AΒ 4073
DescriptionΒ 4073
DTC LogicΒ Β 4073
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4073
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4073
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4073
P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID AΒ Β 4074
DescriptionΒ 4074
DTC LogicΒ Β 4074
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4074
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4074
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4074
P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID BΒ 4075
DescriptionΒ 4075
DTC LogicΒ Β 4075
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4075
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4075
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4075
P0780 SHIFTΒ Β 4076
DescriptionΒ 4076
DTC LogicΒ Β 4076
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4076
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4076
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4076
P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CΒ 4077
DescriptionΒ 4077
DTC LogicΒ Β 4077
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4077
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4077
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4077
P1705 TP SENSORΒ 4078
DescriptionΒ 4078
DTC LogicΒ Β 4078
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4078
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4078
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4078
P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNALΒ Β 4080
DescriptionΒ 4080
DTC LogicΒ Β 4080
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4080
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4080
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4081
P1730 INTERLOCKΒ 4082
DescriptionΒ 4082
DTC LogicΒ Β 4082
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4082
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4082
Judgment of A/T InterlockΒ Β 4082
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4083
P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIOΒ Β 4084
DescriptionΒ 4084
DTC LogicΒ Β 4084
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4084
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4084
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4085
P1815 M-MODE SWITCHΒ Β 4086
DescriptionΒ 4086
DTC LogicΒ Β 4086
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4086
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4086
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4086
Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch)Β 4090
Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]Β Β 4090
Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]Β 4090
P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DΒ 4092
DescriptionΒ 4092
DTC LogicΒ Β 4092
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4092
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4092
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4092
P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID EΒ 4093
DescriptionΒ 4093
DTC LogicΒ Β 4093
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4093
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4093
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4093
P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID FΒ 4094
DescriptionΒ 4094
DTC LogicΒ Β 4094
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4094
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4094
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4094
P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID GΒ 4095
DescriptionΒ 4095
DTC LogicΒ Β 4095
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4095
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4095
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4095
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 4096
DescriptionΒ 4096
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4096
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUITΒ Β 4098
DescriptionΒ 4098
Component Function CheckΒ Β 4098
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4098
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEMΒ Β 4099
DescriptionΒ 4099
Wiring Diagram – A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM –Β Β 4099
Component Function CheckΒ Β 4100
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4101
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Unit)Β 4103
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)Β Β 4103
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 4105
TCMΒ 4105
Reference ValueΒ Β 4105
VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 4105
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4110
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4110
Wiring Diagram – A/T CONTROL SYSTEM –Β Β 4112
Fail-SafeΒ Β 4115
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONΒ Β 4116
Protection ControlΒ Β 4118
REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROLΒ Β 4118
1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROLΒ Β 4118
TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROLΒ Β 4118
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 4119
DTC IndexΒ Β 4119
IGN COUNTERΒ Β 4120
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4121
SYSTEM SYMPTOMΒ Β 4121
Symptom TableΒ Β 4121
PRECAUTIONΒ 4126
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 4126
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 4126
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 4126
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ Β 4126
General PrecautionsΒ Β 4126
Service Notice or PrecautionΒ Β 4127
ATF COOLER SERVICEΒ Β 4127
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4128
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4128
Commercial Service ToolΒ 4128
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 4129
A/T FLUIDΒ 4129
ChangingΒ 4129
AdjustmentΒ Β 4130
A/T FLUID COOLERΒ Β 4132
CleaningΒ 4132
CLEANING PROCEDUREΒ Β 4132
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDUREΒ 4133
INSPECTION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4133
InspectionΒ Β 4134
STALL TESTΒ Β 4135
Inspection and JudgmentΒ 4135
INSPECTIONΒ 4135
JUDGMENT OF STALL TESTΒ 4135
A/T POSITIONΒ 4136
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4136
INSPECTIONΒ 4136
ADJUSTMENTΒ 4136
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4137
A/T SHIFT SELECTORΒ 4137
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4137
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4138
REMOVALΒ 4138
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4138
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ Β 4138
DISASSEMBLYΒ Β 4138
ASSEMBLYΒ Β 4139
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4139
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4139
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4139
CONTROL RODΒ Β 4140
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4140
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4140
REMOVALΒ 4140
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4140
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4140
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4140
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4140
PADDLE SHIFTERΒ Β 4141
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4141
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4141
REMOVALΒ 4141
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4141
OIL PANΒ Β 4142
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4142
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4142
REMOVALΒ 4142
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4143
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4143
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALΒ Β 4143
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4143
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4143
AIR BREATHER HOSEΒ Β 4144
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4144
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4144
REMOVALΒ 4144
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4144
FLUID COOLER SYSTEMΒ Β 4145
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4145
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4145
REMOVALΒ 4145
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4146
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4147
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4147
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4147
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4148
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLYΒ 4148
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4148
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4148
REMOVALΒ 4148
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4149
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4150
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4150
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4150
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 4151
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 4151
General SpecificationΒ Β 4151
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting OccursΒ Β 4151
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/ReleasesΒ Β 4152
Stall SpeedΒ 4152
Torque ConverterΒ Β 4152
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
VTLΒ Β 4153
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 4153
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4154
VENTILATION SYSTEMΒ Β 4154
System DescriptionΒ 4154
OUTLINEΒ Β 4154
AIR FLOWΒ 4154
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 4155
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 4155
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 4155
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 4155
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect 4155
OPERATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4155
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 4156
PREPARATIONΒ 4157
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4157
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 4157
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4158
DUCT AND GRILLEΒ Β 4158
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4158
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLEΒ 4158
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4158
REMOVALΒ 4158
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4159
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLEΒ Β 4159
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4159
REMOVALΒ 4159
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4159
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLEΒ Β 4159
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4159
REMOVALΒ 4159
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4159
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLEΒ 4159
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4159
REMOVALΒ 4159
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4160
VENTILATOR DUCTΒ 4160
VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4160
REMOVALΒ 4160
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4160
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCTΒ Β 4160
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and InstallationΒ 4160
REMOVALΒ 4160
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4160
FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLEΒ Β 4160
FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4160
REMOVALΒ 4160
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4161
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLEΒ 4161
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4161
REMOVALΒ 4161
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4161
FOOT GRILLEΒ Β 4161
FOOT GRILLE : Removal and InstallationΒ 4161
REMOVALΒ 4161
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4161
FOOT DUCTΒ 4161
FOOT DUCT : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4161
REMOVALΒ 4161
Driver sideΒ Β 4162
Passenger sideΒ Β 4162
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4162
BLOWER UNITΒ Β 4163
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4163
REMOVALΒ Β 4163
DISASSEMBLYΒ 4163
BLOWER UNITΒ Β 4164
BLOWER UNIT : Removal and InstallationΒ 4164
REMOVALΒ 4164
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4164
BLOWER MOTORΒ 4165
BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4165
REMOVALΒ 4165
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4165
WCSΒ Β 4166
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 4166
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 4168
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 4168
Work FlowΒ 4168
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 4168
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 4168
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4170
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMΒ Β 4170
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMΒ Β 4170
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System DiagramΒ Β 4170
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System DescriptionΒ 4170
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 4170
BCMΒ Β 4170
BCM Warning Function ListΒ Β 4170
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts LocationΒ 4171
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component DescriptionΒ 4171
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIMEΒ Β 4171
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System DiagramΒ Β 4172
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System DescriptionΒ Β 4172
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4172
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONSΒ 4172
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONSΒ 4172
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4172
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component DescriptionΒ Β 4173
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIMEΒ Β 4173
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System DiagramΒ Β 4173
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System DescriptionΒ 4173
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4173
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONSΒ 4173
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONSΒ 4173
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts LocationΒ 4174
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component DescriptionΒ 4174
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIMEΒ Β 4174
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System DiagramΒ Β 4174
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System DescriptionΒ 4174
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4174
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONSΒ 4175
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONSΒ 4175
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts LocationΒ 4175
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component DescriptionΒ 4175
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)Β Β 4176
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)Β Β 4176
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSΒ 4176
SELF DIAG RESULTΒ Β 4176
DATA MONITORΒ Β 4176
Display Item ListΒ Β 4176
SPECIAL FUNCTIONΒ Β 4178
Special menuΒ Β 4178
W/L ON HISTORYΒ Β 4178
Display ItemΒ Β 4178
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β 4180
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 4180
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 4180
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 4180
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 4180
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 4180
BUZZERΒ 4181
BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – BUZZER)Β 4181
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSΒ Β 4181
DATA MONITORΒ Β 4181
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 4182
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4183
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 4183
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 4183
COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4183
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 4183
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 4183
METER BUZZER CIRCUITΒ Β 4185
DescriptionΒ Β 4185
Component Function CheckΒ 4185
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4185
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 4186
DescriptionΒ Β 4186
Component Function CheckΒ 4186
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4186
Component InspectionΒ Β 4187
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMΒ Β 4188
Wiring Diagram – WARNING CHIME –Β Β 4188
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 4192
COMBINATION METERΒ Β 4192
Reference ValueΒ 4192
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 4192
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4195
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4195
Wiring Diagram – METER –Β 4199
Fail-SafeΒ 4206
FAIL-SAFEΒ Β 4206
DTC IndexΒ 4207
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 4208
Reference ValueΒ 4208
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 4208
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4213
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4213
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 4231
Fail-safeΒ 4236
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 4236
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 4238
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ 4238
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 4239
DTC IndexΒ 4240
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 4243
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND 4243
DescriptionΒ Β 4243
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4243
THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUNDΒ Β 4244
DescriptionΒ Β 4244
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4244
THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUNDΒ Β 4245
DescriptionΒ Β 4245
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4245
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 4246
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 4246
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 4246
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 4246
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 4246
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
WTΒ Β 4247
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 4247
REGULAR GRADEΒ Β 4250
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ 4250
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOWΒ 4250
Work FlowΒ Β 4250
DETAILED FLOWΒ 4250
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 4252
TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATIONΒ 4252
TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : DescriptionΒ 4252
TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair RequirementΒ 4252
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4252
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : DescriptionΒ Β 4252
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair RequirementΒ Β 4252
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4255
TPMSΒ Β 4255
System DiagramΒ 4255
System DescriptionΒ Β 4255
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4255
Component Parts LocationΒ Β 4255
Component DescriptionΒ Β 4256
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β Β 4257
COMMON ITEMΒ 4257
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 4257
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 4257
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ 4257
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 4257
AIR PRESSURE MONITORΒ 4258
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis DescriptionΒ Β 4258
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4258
SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREΒ Β 4258
ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4260
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III FunctionΒ 4260
FUNCTIONΒ Β 4260
WORK SUPPORT MODEΒ Β 4260
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODEΒ Β 4260
DATA MONITOR MODEΒ Β 4260
ACTIVE TEST MODEΒ Β 4261
TEST ITEM LISTΒ 4261
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4262
C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSUREΒ Β 4262
DescriptionΒ 4262
DTC LogicΒ Β 4262
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4262
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4262
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4262
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4263
C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4264
DescriptionΒ 4264
DTC LogicΒ Β 4264
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4264
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4264
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4264
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4266
C1712, C1713, C1714, C1715 TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4267
DescriptionΒ 4267
DTC LogicΒ Β 4267
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4267
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4267
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4267
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4269
C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4270
DescriptionΒ 4270
DTC LogicΒ Β 4270
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4270
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4270
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4270
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4271
C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723 TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4272
DescriptionΒ 4272
DTC LogicΒ Β 4272
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4272
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4272
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4272
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4274
C1724, C1725, C1726, C1727 TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4275
DescriptionΒ 4275
DTC LogicΒ Β 4275
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4275
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4275
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4275
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4277
C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNALΒ Β 4278
DescriptionΒ 4278
DTC LogicΒ Β 4278
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4278
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4278
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4278
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4278
C1734 BCMΒ 4280
DescriptionΒ 4280
DTC LogicΒ Β 4280
DTC DETECTION LOGICΒ 4280
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDUREΒ Β 4280
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4280
Special Repair RequirementΒ 4281
TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVERΒ Β 4282
DescriptionΒ 4282
Component Function CheckΒ Β 4282
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4282
TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCHΒ Β 4284
DescriptionΒ 4284
Component Function CheckΒ Β 4284
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4284
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMPΒ 4286
DescriptionΒ 4286
Component Function CheckΒ Β 4286
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4286
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 4287
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4287
TPMSΒ Β 4288
Wiring Diagram – TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM –Β 4288
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ 4291
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 4291
Reference ValueΒ Β 4291
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ 4291
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4296
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4296
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 4314
Fail-safeΒ Β 4319
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 4319
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ 4321
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ Β 4321
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ 4322
DTC IndexΒ Β 4323
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4326
TPMSΒ Β 4326
Symptom TableΒ Β 4326
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHARTΒ Β 4326
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT BLINKSΒ Β 4329
DescriptionΒ 4329
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4329
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4329
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFFΒ 4330
DescriptionΒ 4330
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4330
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKSΒ Β 4331
DescriptionΒ 4331
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4331
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4331
TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKSΒ Β 4333
DescriptionΒ 4333
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4333
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4333
ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETEDΒ Β 4334
DescriptionΒ 4334
DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4334
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4334
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 4335
DescriptionΒ 4335
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKSΒ 4335
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTINGΒ Β 4336
NVH Troubleshooting ChartΒ Β 4336
PRECAUTIONΒ 4337
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 4337
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” 4337
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ 4337
Service Notice or PrecautionsΒ 4337
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4338
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4338
Special Service ToolΒ 4338
Commercial Service ToolΒ 4338
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEΒ Β 4339
ROAD WHEELΒ Β 4339
InspectionΒ Β 4339
ALUMINUM WHEELΒ Β 4339
STEEL WHEELΒ Β 4339
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4340
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLYΒ 4340
AdjustmentΒ Β 4340
BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)Β Β 4340
Preparation Before AdjustmentΒ Β 4340
Wheel Balance AdjustmentΒ 4340
TIRE ROTATIONΒ 4341
Safety Device Preventing from Being Incorrectly installedΒ 4341
TRANSMITTERΒ Β 4343
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4343
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4343
REMOVALΒ 4343
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4343
TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVERΒ Β 4345
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4345
Removal and InstallationΒ Β 4345
REMOVALΒ 4345
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4345
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β 4346
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)Β Β 4346
Road WheelΒ Β 4346
CONVENTIONALΒ Β 4346
EMERGENCYΒ Β 4346
Wheel NutΒ Β 4346
Tire Air PressureΒ 4346
Nismo 370ZΒ Β 4347
SPEC CHANGE INFORMATIONΒ Β 4347
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLYΒ 4347
Road Wheel Tire AssemblyΒ Β 4347
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
WWΒ Β 4348
QUICK REFERENCE INDEXΒ 0
Table of ContentsΒ Β 4348
BASIC INSPECTIONΒ Β 4350
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOWΒ Β 4350
Work FlowΒ 4350
OVERALL SEQUENCEΒ Β 4350
DETAILED FLOWΒ Β 4350
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONΒ Β 4352
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEMΒ Β 4352
System DiagramΒ Β 4352
System DescriptionΒ 4352
OUTLINEΒ Β 4352
FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATIONΒ Β 4352
FRONT WIPER LO OPERATIONΒ Β 4352
FRONT WIPER HI OPERATIONΒ Β 4352
FRONT WIPER INT OPERATIONΒ Β 4353
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATIONΒ Β 4353
FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHERΒ Β 4354
FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATIONΒ Β 4354
Component Parts LocationΒ 4355
Component DescriptionΒ 4355
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)Β 4356
COMMON ITEMΒ Β 4356
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – COMMON ITEM)Β Β 4356
APPLICATION ITEMΒ 4356
SYSTEM APPLICATIONΒ Β 4356
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)Β Β 4356
WIPERΒ Β 4357
WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM – WIPER)Β Β 4357
WORK SUPPORTΒ Β 4357
DATA MONITORΒ Β 4357
ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 4358
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)Β Β 4359
Diagnosis DescriptionΒ 4359
AUTO ACTIVE TESTΒ Β 4359
DescriptionΒ Β 4359
Operation ProcedureΒ 4359
Inspection in Auto Active Test ModeΒ Β 4359
Concept of auto active testΒ Β 4360
Diagnosis chart in auto active test modeΒ 4360
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)Β Β 4361
APPLICATION ITEMΒ Β 4361
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTΒ Β 4361
DATA MONITORΒ Β 4361
ACTIVE TESTΒ 4362
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISΒ Β 4364
WIPER AND WASHER FUSEΒ Β 4364
DescriptionΒ Β 4364
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4364
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITΒ 4365
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β Β 4365
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ 4365
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β 4365
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4365
FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUITΒ 4367
Component Function CheckΒ 4367
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4367
FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUITΒ 4369
Component Function CheckΒ 4369
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4369
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUITΒ Β 4371
Component Function CheckΒ 4371
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4371
FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUITΒ Β 4373
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4373
WASHER SWITCHΒ 4374
DescriptionΒ Β 4374
Component InspectionΒ Β 4374
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEMΒ Β 4375
Wiring Diagram – FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM –Β 4375
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONΒ Β 4378
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Β 4378
Reference ValueΒ 4378
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 4378
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4383
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4383
Wiring Diagram – BCM –Β Β 4401
Fail-safeΒ 4406
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCΒ Β 4406
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONΒ Β 4408
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTIONΒ 4408
DTC Inspection Priority ChartΒ Β 4409
DTC IndexΒ 4410
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Β Β 4413
Reference ValueΒ 4413
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLΒ Β 4413
TERMINAL LAYOUTΒ Β 4415
PHYSICAL VALUESΒ Β 4415
Wiring Diagram – IPDM E/R –Β 4420
Fail-safeΒ 4423
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLΒ Β 4423
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECMΒ Β 4423
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCMΒ Β 4424
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 4424
FRONT WIPER CONTROLΒ Β 4424
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 4425
DTC IndexΒ 4425
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISΒ 4426
WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMSΒ Β 4426
Symptom TableΒ Β 4426
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONΒ Β 4428
DescriptionΒ Β 4428
FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONΒ Β 4428
FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATEΒ 4429
DescriptionΒ Β 4429
Diagnosis ProcedureΒ Β 4429
PRECAUTIONΒ Β 4431
PRECAUTIONSΒ Β 4431
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”Β 4431
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSΒ Β 4431
Precaution for Battery ServiceΒ 4431
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top CoverΒ Β 4431
PREPARATIONΒ 4432
PREPARATIONΒ Β 4432
Commercial Service ToolΒ Β 4432
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4433
WASHER TANKΒ Β 4433
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4433
Removal and InstallationΒ 4433
REMOVALΒ Β 4433
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4433
WASHER PUMPΒ Β 4434
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4434
Removal and InstallationΒ 4434
REMOVALΒ Β 4434
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4434
WASHER LEVEL SWITCHΒ 4435
Removal and InstallationΒ 4435
FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBEΒ 4436
Hydraulic LayoutΒ Β 4436
Removal and InstallationΒ 4436
REMOVALΒ Β 4436
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4436
Inspection and AdjustmentΒ Β 4436
INSPECTIONΒ Β 4436
Washer Nozzle InspectionΒ Β 4436
ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 4437
Washer Nozzle Spray Position AdjustmentΒ Β 4437
FRONT WIPER ARMΒ Β 4438
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4438
Removal and InstallationΒ 4438
REMOVALΒ Β 4438
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4438
AdjustmentΒ Β 4438
WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENTΒ Β 4438
WIPER BLADEΒ Β 4440
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4440
Removal and InstallationΒ 4440
REMOVALΒ Β 4440
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4440
ReplacementΒ Β 4440
FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLYΒ Β 4442
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4442
REMOVALΒ Β 4442
DISASSEMBLYΒ 4442
Removal and InstallationΒ 4442
REMOVALΒ Β 4442
INSTALLATIONΒ Β 4443
Disassembly and AssemblyΒ 4443
DISASSEMBLYΒ 4443
ASSEMBLYΒ 4443
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCHΒ Β 4444
Exploded ViewΒ Β 4444
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUITΒ Β 5
FUSE BLOCK – JUNCTION BOX (J/B)Β 83
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOXΒ Β 84
Need help? Contact: [email protected]
https://vimeo.com/849867162?share=copy
DESCRIPTION:
2009 NISSAN 370Z Z34 Series Service Manual PDF DOWNLOAD
FOREWORD
- This manual contains maintenance and repair procedure for the 2009 NISSAN 370Z. In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle, this manual should be read thoroughly.
- It is especially important that the PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting any repair task
- Β All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication.
- The right is reserved to make changes in specifications and methods at any time without notice.
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
- The proper performance of service is essential for both the safety of the technician and the efficient functioning of the vehicle.
- The service methods in this Service Manual are described in such a manner that the service may be performed safely and accurately.
- Service varies with the procedures used, the skills of the technician and the tools and parts available.
- Accordingly, anyone using service procedures, tools or parts which are not specifically recommended by NISSAN must first be completely satisfied that neither personal safety nor the vehicleβs safety will be jeopardized by the service method selected.
PLEASE NOTE:
- This is the same manual used by the dealers to diagnose and troubleshoot your vehicle
- You will be directed to the download page as soon as the purchase is completed. The whole payment and downloading process will take anywhere between 2-5 minutes
- Need any other service / repair / parts manual, please feel free to contact [email protected] . We still have 50,000 manuals unlisted
G.P
βΉ
What Our Customers Say
β
β
β
β
β
Live reviews from customers
Loading customer reviews...
π Related Products
Discover more professional manuals for your equipment
-86% OFF

DOWNLOAD 2003 NISSAN PATHFINDER DIY SERVICE REPAIR WORKSHOP MANUAL MODEL R51 SERIES PDF YEAR 03
β
β
β
β
β
(165 reviews)
$145.00
$19.95
-87% OFF

DOWNLOAD 2004 NISSAN PATHFINDER DIY SERVICE REPAIR WORKSHOP MANUAL MODEL R51 SERIES PDF YEAR 04
β
β
β
β
β
(103 reviews)
$156.00
$19.95
-55% OFF

DOWNLOAD 1998 NISSAN PATHFINDER DIY SERVICE REPAIR WORKSHOP MANUAL MODEL R50 SERIES PDF YEAR 98
β
β
β
β
β
(69 reviews)
$19.95
$8.95
-50% OFF

2008 Nissan Versa Service Repair Workshop Manual PDF - Download NOW!
β
β
β
β
β
(110 reviews)
$39.95
$19.95